Remembering Who You Truly Are

By Robert Brumet
Forward

The Contemporary Contemplative

An interesting and paradoxical trend is developing within modern society: although traditional contemplative communities have been shrinking for many years, we see a rapidly increasing interest in lay contemplative practice. A new paradigm is emerging: the Contemporary Contemplative. It has manifested in a wide variety of forms. Today we can find many educational programs with titles such as Contemplative Psychotherapy, Contemplative Pastoral Care, Contemplative Medicine, Contemplative Social Action, and Contemplative Education.

This is closely related to the trend of integrating mindfulness practice into a wide variety of human activities and professional practices. Mindfulness is a topic that today can be found in a wide variety of books, magazines, websites, retreats, conferences, and presentations. To some degree the term “mindful” is synonymous with the word “contemplative;” however, there is a subtle, but important difference.  Mindfulness practice can be applied with very secular and pragmatic motives (e.g., to lower one’s blood pressure), whereas contemplative practice is more overtly spiritual in orientation.

Contemplative practice always includes a spiritual dimension, but it is not necessarily religious in form. Indeed, one of the characteristics of this trend lies in the distinction between “spiritual” and “religious.” Traditionally, these have been seen as s largely synonymous; and thus, to live the contemplative life one would need to affiliate with a religious community.  Not so today.  

The defining characteristic of the Contemporary Contemplative movement is not the form or structure of one’s community but rather the intentionality with which one lives one’s life.  I believe that intention can be described by the apostle Paul’s words in the Book of Romans: “Do not be conformed to this world, but be transformed by the renewal of your mind, that you may prove what is the perfect will of God.” (12:2) Historically, being “not conformed to this world” meant joining a religious order or going to a monastery, but today’s trend is that of “being in the world but not of it.” As spirituality is now differentiating itself from religion, contemplative practice is now differentiating itself from the religious traditions that historically have sponsored it. A new paradigm is emerging: that of the Contemporary Contemplative.

We will return to this idea in a moment, but first let’s look at another trend: Not only is the monastic population shrinking, but church attendance is dwindling in almost every Christian denomination. There are multiple reasons for this phenomenon but perhaps the most significant one is that religious belief and ritual are no longer relevant for many of us. Today people are hungry for spiritual experience.

The Jesuit priest and theologian, Karl Rahner writes: The Christian of the future will be a mystic or will not exist at all.1 By mysticism, Rahner means “a genuine experience of God emerging from the very heart of our existence.” He goes on to comment that the source of spiritual conviction must come not from theology but from the personal experience of God.

This statement, made late in Rahner’s career, parallels the comment reported of Thomas Aquinas, who near the end of his life had a spiritual vision. After having this experience, he looked at the volumes of theological treatises he had written and said, “Everything I have written seems like straw by comparison to what I have seen and what has been revealed to me.”2

This distinction between belief and experience distinguishes the mystic from the theologian. And yet the contemplative life does not dismiss theology, rather, it sees theology as “the menu, but not the meal itself.” Conversely, in contemplative practice mysticism is also embraced, yet it too is not seen as an end in itself. Both mysticism and theology can inform the way we live in the world as contemplatives.

One American pioneer of the contemporary contemplative movement is Ralph Waldo Emerson. In his essay on Self-Reliance he writes: “It is easy in the world to live after the world’s opinion; it is easy in solitude to live after our own; but the great man is he who in the midst of the crowd keeps with perfect sweetness the independence of solitude.”3  

Here, Emerson echoes Paul’s sentiment of being “in the world but not of it.”

The contemporary contemplative seeks spiritual awakening in the midst of everyday life: to “live in the midst of the crowd with the sweet independence of solitude.” This path may be more challenging than the traditional contemplative life. Waking up amid this busy, complex, and sometimes crazy world is not easy. But then, as the Zen proverb tells us: “If you want a small enlightenment, go to the mountain; if you want a big enlightenment, go to the city!”

1 Essays by Ralph Waldo Emerson (New York: Harper & Row, 1926), 38.
2 XXX
3 Theological Investigations. XX, 149

Prelude 1

Two Zen monks were walking across the courtyard of the monastery. On the way they encountered the Abbot. The Abbott nodded and said, “What are you doing?”

The younger monk said, “I’m going to breakfast.”

The older monk said, “I am walking.”


What are you doing?

So much of the time we are busy “going somewhere.” How often are we mindful of where we are right now?

Teaching
1
-
1

The Spiritual Journey

This call and subsequent journey become the most important thing in one’s life.
The individual who completes the journey is never the same as the one who began it.

Contemplative Practice

Review your spiritual journey. How did it begin? How have you been Teaching 1-anged by it?

The story of a journey that leads one from an ordinary life to one that is quite extraordinary can be found in virtually every culture throughout history. This story is referred to as the Hero’s journey, the Spiritual journey, or the Transformative journey. By whatever name we use, this journey has several common characteristics.

Someone who is leading a rather ordinary life is called by something seemingly far greater than oneself, and the call can be quite compelling. This can be a series of gentle nudges – a niggling at one’s heart. It can start with a mild dissatisfaction, a “divine discontent” and grow slowly in intensity. The person is unable to clearly understand or articulate the discontent or the attraction.

This calling is sometimes preceded by a crisis or a challenge in one’s life. This may be an outer crisis in one’s life, or the challenge may be solely internal; but either way it feels as if one’s former life is no longer available, and something has ended.

This call and the subsequent journey become the most important thing in one’s life, and it won’t go away! It does not go away when it’s ignored. We may be able to distract ourselves for a while – but not for long; it is very persistent – and seems to grow stronger with time.

The old self and the old life may be challenged and perhaps radically disrupted. The individual feels a loss of identity and a shift in values and purpose. Some might label this as “a mid-life crisis” – but it is much deeper and more significant.

We will face many “angels and demons” on this journey; it is very important to meet them wisely. These angels and demons are all within you; even the ones that appear to be external are representations of that which is in you. The demons may seem very fierce and the angels quite seductive but ultimately awareness and love will transform them into your most powerful allies.

The path is not linear, it has many twists, turns and apparent dead ends. Progress on this journey consists not of personal gain or acquisition but one of letting go and surrendering the personal will. One may become confused or discouraged when he sees that the path is not a straight line, and that progress cannot be measured in a linear way. He may find the journey having many unexpected turns and dead ends and apparent setbacks – it’s like walking a labyrinth.

The mind is challenged by the recognition that “progress’ on this journey is measured more in terms of letting go rather than of gain or acquisition. To the ego, it is a very humbling experience. Ultimately, surrender becomes the only choice. The Tao Te Ching tells us that, “In the pursuit of learning, every day something is acquired. In the pursuit of Tao, every day something is dropped.”

The individual who completes the journey is never the same “person” as the one who began it – a radical transformation has taken place! She who finishes the journey is never she who began it; it is a complete transformation of one’s sense of reality. And the one who has “finished” will realize that there is no end point – the journey is open ended.  And ultimately, one sees that there is not even a journey to be travelled!

The transformed person may return to the world to live an ordinary life (as the world sees it) but live it in an extraordinary way. He is no longer bound by the old reality; he is “In the world but not of it.” As such, he radiates wisdom and compassion effortlessly which benefits his community – and ultimately all beings everywhere.

Not everyone who engages in this journey will complete it. There are some who are unwilling to release the familiar self and the former life. One might become even more entrenched in the former identity and lifestyle.

Finally, I must note that what is described above is a general pattern. With all spiritual teachings it can be useful to speak in generalizations if we know that exceptions are the rule. Do not be dismayed if you find that your journey does not match this description – you are right where you need to be at this time. Always honor the path you are on and know that you are always guided by the clear Light within.

Contemplative Practice

Review your spiritual journey. How did it begin? How have you been Teaching 1-anged by it?

Teaching
1
-
2

Two Dimensions of Spiritual Practice

Translational spirituality is intended to help us find meaning, comfort, and peace of mind.
Transformation reveals a reality that makes our prior life seem like a dream.

Contemplative Practice

Notice any tension you feel between the desire for ego comfort and the desire for transformation.

Author Ken Wilber has named two types of spiritual teaching and practice. There is a clear distinction between the two that has been immensely helpful for me and for many colleagues in clearing up confusion about various spiritual teachings and practices. Many teachings seem to contradict one another, and sometimes appear to contradict themselves. The distinction between translational and transformational spirituality can resolve many of these apparent contradictions.

Translational spirituality is intended to help us find meaning, comfort, and peace of mind. It helps to see life from another perspective. It may involve a change in attitude, belief or thinking. We might say it supplies a different narrative for our life conditions and experiences. Norman Vincent Peale’s gospel of Positive Thinking is an example of a translational spirituality, as is a teaching labelled The Secret.

Translational Spirituality does not question our sense of identity or our basic perception of reality, but it may seek to strengthen our self-image. We are encouraged to use our spirituality to improve our life. The goal is to become happier by feeling more comforted, empowered, and self-assured. Transformational Spirituality, on the other hand, will turn our internal world upside down and inside out. It radically challenges every aspect of our life experience and will transform our sense of self and our experience of reality.

Transformation reveals a reality that makes our prior life seem like a dream. This experience cannot be conveyed in words or concepts, although it’s sometimes alluded to in poetic form. William Blake’s poetry is an example:

To see a World in a Grain of Sand

And a Heaven in a Wild Flower,

Hold Infinity in the palm of your hand

And Eternity in an hour.

Translational spirituality can be understood by the conventional mind, transformational spirituality cannot: therefore, it can sound like madness to the conventional mind. Most transformational teachers don’t try to describe the outcome of the practice but instead try to help aspirants discover it for themselves.

Translational teachings are useful to a great many people. It can help to make life work better, it can help us to develop happier relationships, better health, and greater prosperity. And for some, they provide a source of comfort and consolation amidst the difficulties of life.

But for others, self-improvement and consolation are not enough. More than comfort and consolation they want complete freedom, unconditional peace of mind, and the experience of a deeper reality. For these individuals, our everyday reality is seen as a dream state and they seek to awaken from that dream, rather than improve upon it.

Translational teachings strive to make the ego more comfortable and feel more in control. But transformational teachings challenge the arrogance and the grandiosity of the ego; they turn its world upside down and inside out! One well-known Buddhist teacher would often say “From the perspective of the ego, this journey is just ‘one insult after another’!” Such is the nature of transformation.

Yet many of us would rather be insulted by the truth than comforted by our delusions. Having experienced the ego-centric life and found it wanting, we prefer truth to comfort, reality to consolation. Finding the former icons of comfort and security to be very hollow, we may feel guided by an internal longing for the unnamed and the unknown. It would seem something in us has shifted. We don’t know why, how, or where it will lead us – but we are willing to follow it.

That which calls us may be named the ever-present origin, the ground of being, true nature, higher power, or a variety of similar names. Whatever we call it, it is infinitely more real than the egoic self. Although it makes no promises, we can sense that it beckons us to a new life: to a new reality latent at our core. This beckoning is the call to transformation. It can become extraordinarily strong and insistent; yet we always have a choice in how we respond. We are never coerced; but once we discover this “pearl of great price” we are never the same!

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
1
-
3

The Nature of Spiritual Practice

The essence of spiritual practice is that of cultivating the growth of one’s consciousness

Contemplative Practice

Set an intention and then be aware of all resistance that arises. See if you can meet that resistance with nonresistance (acceptance). Do you notice resistance dissolving as you do the practice?

If you ask most Westerners about their religion (if they have one) they will likely tell you what they believe. They may also tell you about worship, rituals, or sacraments that are part of their religious observance. If we were to turn to the (traditional) East and ask someone that same question, we might hear more about spiritual practice (yoga) than about belief or ritual.

The word yoga literally means yoke, which refers to one taking on a particular discipline or spiritual practice. (Like two oxen yoked together, we are yoked to our spiritual practice.)  The essence of spiritual practice is that of cultivating the growth of one’s consciousness rather than trying to achieve salvation after death.

Many religious approaches to spirituality start with the assumption that we are spiritually (and perhaps psychologically) broken or incomplete and need some form of redemption. This assumption is embedded deep in the Western psyche – even with those who do not profess a religious affiliation. Many people in our culture turn to psychotherapy rather than religion to heal their sense of brokenness or deficiency. Psychotherapy can help, but it cannot heal the deepest of our wounds.

Many people turn to some form of Eastern spiritual practice (usually meditation) with the intention of healing this sense of internal deficiency or brokenness. They see spiritual practice as a potential remedy for their hidden pain. Starting with feelings of depression, anxiety, or emptiness they engage in meditation in an attempt to heal this condition. Meditation can help, but as long as the motivation is to fix something that is broken progress will be limited.  

Effective spiritual practice begins with that which Buddhists call Right Understanding and Right Motivation. (The word “right” may be interpreted to mean “wise” or “skillful.”) Right Understanding and Right Motivation can be illustrated by a story about when someone asked Michelangelo how he was able to transform a block of marble into the masterpiece known as David.  

It is said that Michelangelo replied, “It’s quite simple. I bought a block of marble and chiseled away everything that wasn’t David!” He perceived “David” already existing within the stone block and he removed everything that wasn’t part of this vision. And thus, it is with spiritual practice: we begin by resting in our deepest truth: we sit as the Buddha or the Christ; we rest in True Nature as a here and now reality.

Spiritual practice then reveals any internal resistance that blocks your conscious experience of this fundamental Truth. This resistance may be unconscious until it is uncovered by your practice.

What do you do with resistance that arises? In a nutshell: “Just keep engaging the practice.” Meet this resistance as the Buddha or the Christ: meet it with awareness, clarity, and nonresistance; meet it without judgement, interpretation or analysis. As resistance is consciously recognized and met with nonresistance, it will begin to dissolve. Fear, anger, judgment, shame…. whatever arises, meet it with an open mind, an open heart and with no reactivity. This is like a solvent that gradually dissolves all forms of resistance.

Nonresistance does not mean that you have to agree with the story or narrative that’s part of the resistance; (“Ain’t it awful.” “Shame on them.”) but don’t argue with it either. Simply allow what is to be what it is, without adding any commentary to it. Then feel the resistance as a physical sensation, emotion or thought without attachment, identification, or resistance.

To understand and to believe a spiritual truth is a good start but it is not enough to transform one’s consciousness. Transformation occurs only through some form of spiritual practice. Having a good map (like this book) can be helpful, but only if you also engage in the journey!

Contemplative Practice

Set an intention and then be aware of all resistance that arises. See if you can meet that resistance with nonresistance (acceptance). Do you notice resistance dissolving as you do the practice?

Teaching
1
-
4

The Power of Intention

An intention is not a future goal, it is something you are doing (or not doing) right now

Contemplative Practice

Be aware of an intention that you have. Throughout your day ask yourself, “Am I living in my intention in this moment.”

The first step in spiritual practice is to be clear of your intention. A transformational spiritual practice is a discipline engaged with the intention of freeing yourself from the trance of the ego. Thus freed, you experience reality directly rather than having it filtered and distorted by your past conditioning.

One example of a transformational spiritual practice is mindfulness practice wherein you hold the intention to be fully present each moment. Working with this intention dissolves the ego’s constructed reality which is always rooted in the past or the future. In transformational spiritual practice you are not trying to attain a specific goal; you are not trying to control your experience or make something happen. You are not striving to “find peace” or to “stop thinking” or to “become enlightened.” You simply set an intention and then do your best to live that intention in each moment.

An intention is not a future goal, it is something that you are doing (or not doing) right now. When you become aware that you’re not on intention, simply notice this and return to it. Ask yourself, “I am present in this moment, or I am not?”

The ego’s basic assumption is that happiness lies somewhere in the future and that if we “get it right” then we are guaranteed happiness. This belief can hijack your spiritual practice! If you experience any frustration or self-criticism with your practice, then you may have fallen into this ego-trap. If you find yourself striving for a particular experience or goal then simply ask, “Am I doing the practice in this moment or not?” And if not, then let go of past and future and return to the practice in this moment.

The skillful question is not “How do I get to X, or get rid of Y” but instead, “What is my intention – and am I living it right now?” It’s almost inevitable that we will stray from our intention, so being aware of this as it happens is an essential part of spiritual practice. Living your intention is a choice, and only if you are aware in the present moment do you have any choices.

With mindfulness practice the intention is to be aware in each moment and to accept (nonresist) every internal experience that arises. The primary intention is awareness, the secondary intention is acceptance. Inherent in this intention is to notice when you are not aware or when you are not accepting your present moment experience; then remember your intention and return to awareness and acceptance in this moment –  and then return to it again, and again, and again….

If you see spiritual practice in terms of goal attainment, then you will become frustrated and eventually will give up – and the ego wins another victory! The only way to defeat the ego is not to do battle with it, but to go to the place where it cannot survive – in the present moment.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
1
-
5

Awareness

We perceive the world not so much as it is, but as we are!
Awareness has the potential to free us from the experience of unhappiness.

Contemplative Practice

Practice bare attention throughout your day. Notice how this makes you feel.

A Zen story tells of an eager westerner who visited a monastery in Japan where a well-known Zen master lived. Unfortunately for the visitor, he arrived at a time when the master was observing silence, so he was unable to receive any teaching. Since his visit was to be very brief, he begged the master to at least communicate with him in writing. The teacher reluctantly agreed.

The visitor asked, “What is Zen?” The master quickly scribbled the word “Awareness” on a piece of paper. A bit confused, the visitor pressed him a bit: “Could you elaborate?” The master wrote a second note: “Awareness Awareness.” Again, the visitor asked for further explanation. The written response was “Awareness Awareness Awareness.” In frustration, the visitor screamed, “What the hell does Awareness Awareness Awareness mean?” Undaunted, the master wrote “Awareness Awareness Awareness means Awareness.”

It’s difficult to miss the point of this story, but if you are like me, you might identify a bit with the westerner’s desire for more instruction. Although the essence of Zen (and Buddhist practices in general) is to “discover the answer for your self through direct experience,” I find that a bit of elaboration can sometimes be helpful. So, I will be foolish enough to attempt what the enlightened man refused to do and that is to elaborate on the response, “Awareness Awareness Awareness.”

Awareness itself is natural and effortless but our everyday awareness is usually filtered through a particular psychological lens. This filter is created by our conditioning, which includes our personal history, our cultural conditioning, and our biological conditioning. This unconscious embedded history colors everything that we see, hear, feel, and think.

We perceive the world not so much as it is, but as we are! The world that we perceive to be outside of us is largely a projected representation of our internalized history. (There is an objective reality but our experience of it is determined by our conditioning – we don’t see it as it really is.)

Another element that filters our perception of the world is desire. What we desire is what we look for; what we look for shapes what we see. An old Hindu proverb says that “When the pickpocket sees the saint, all he sees is his wallet.” Our everyday awareness is filtered through the lens of memory and desire; we don’t see things as they are as much as we see a projection of our own unconscious.

In mindfulness (awareness) practice we hold the intention to distinguish between our direct experience of life and the memories, desires, judgments, and interpretations with which we clothe these experiences. Without mindfulness we are largely unable to distinguish between the primary experience and the conditioning that we wrap around it.

Mindfulness practice is sometimes referred to as bare attention, which means refraining – as much as is possible – from adding any meaning, judgment, or interpretation to our primary experience of seeing, hearing, thinking, feeling etc. We seek to experience life directly without the filter of judgment and interpretation. If these reactions do arise spontaneously, then we simply notice that without putting any further judgment or interpretation on top of it.

Another element of mindfulness practice is to be aware that you are aware. We practice awareness of our awareness. This is sometimes called self-reflective awareness. Many animals are very aware – perhaps more so than humans – but animals (as far as we know) are not aware that they are aware; they do not have awareness of their awareness.

An important aspect of mindfulness practice is the intention to practice continuously. We may be aware that we are aware –  but for how long? Often, we do not lose awareness per se, but we lose mindfulness. For example, we’ve all had the experience of arriving in our car at a certain destination yet having very little recollection of the experience of driving there. We were obviously aware while we were driving – otherwise we would not have arrived safely – but we may not have been very mindful as we were driving!  

In mindfulness practice awareness is an end in self. Rather than being fixated on a particular object we are primarily concerned with the quality of awareness itself; the object of awareness is relatively unimportant. This practice is sometimes referred to as “choiceless awareness.”

Why is awareness practice so important? An entire book could be written in response to that question; but suffice it to say that mindfulness practice is the most powerful tool for dissolving the trance of the ego. It is this egoic trance that keeps us living in a state of delusion and suffering. Awareness has the potential to free us from the experience of unhappiness.

Contemplative Practice

Practice bare attention throughout your day. Notice how this makes you feel.

Teaching
1
-
6

Equanimity

Equanimity means making no demands that your present moment experience be other than what it is.

Contemplative Practice

Practice equanimity throughout your day. Notice how it affects the way you feel.

Mindfulness practice is cultivating awareness and equanimity in each moment. We’ve discussed awareness practice previously; I will now address equanimity.

The word equanimity means “equal mindedness;” it means accepting each experience just as it is. It’s welcoming and “making friends” with every experience. It’s the practice of nonresistance and nongrasping. Equanimity means making no demands that our present moment experience be other that what it is.

Equanimity is an intention, not an expectation. The moment we expect to have equanimity we have destroyed it! Expectations are goal-oriented and future-directed. Intention is practiced in each moment, without attachment to the future.

One of the best ways to begin equanimity practice is to let go of the judgments and stories about our life experiences and allow life to unfold naturally. Even if we find that resistance or grasping arises, we can notice even this without judging it or creating a story about it. We simply bring a gentle acceptance to each experience in our life, moment by moment.

Equanimity does not mean suppressing our feelings or trying to live up to some Buddha-like image. We allow everything to arise naturally without suppression and without creating a story about the experience. Equanimity means being completely honest; not suppressing anything and not adding anything to each experience.

Equanimity practice applies to every subjective, internal experience; it does not necessarily apply to every objective experience. For example, if we are ill, equanimity would mean accepting the sensations, the emotions and thoughts that might arise in conjunction with the illness, but it does not preclude the option of getting medical or therapeutic treatment for the ailment. We can fully accept our subjective experiences and then deal wisely with objective conditions.

Another example would be if we have a colleague or neighbor who is abusive in their words or behavior. Equanimity practice would mean acceptance of each subjective response that we have (including anger) and objectively responding to the situation in a compassionate way that works for both of us.

In fact, only if we are first able to accept our subjective experiences with equanimity can we deal with the situation wisely and compassionately. If we respond to the other person from our own unacknowledged pain and suffering, then we will simply create more antagonism and suffering for both of us.

Equanimity allows access to the wisdom and compassion that lies within each of us. This innate wisdom and compassion can be blocked by craving, resistance, and repressed emotions. With equanimity practice we activate these essential qualities, and we align ourselves with the universal flow of life that pulsates through all living beings and directs the course of evolution.

Some would call this the Tao. In the Tao Te Ching, it is written:

The Tao of heaven does not strive, and yet it overcomes.

It does not speak and yet it is answered.

It does not ask, yet it is supplied with all its needs.

It seems at ease, and yet it follows a plan.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
1
-
7

On Wings of Freedom

One wing is labeled Awareness; the other is labeled Equanimity
The wings of equanimity and awareness must work together in concert for the bird to fly.

Contemplative Practice

In your meditation time practice try bringing equanimity and awareness into play in a harmonious balance. Notice how this feels.

The bird is often used as a metaphor for spiritual liberation. Birds are not earthbound like humans. They can land on the earth, but their true home is the sky. With spiritual liberation we realize that our true home is not of the earth but of a higher dimension that cannot be seen through earthly eyes.

The wings of the bird are often used as a metaphor for Dharma practice. Just as the movement of the wings gives rise to the bird’s ability to fly so the practice of the Dharma gives rise to our ability to become free.

One wing is labeled Awareness; the other wing is labeled Equanimity. Let’s look at each of these wings.

Awareness refers to a certain type of attention that we apply in Dharma practice. This is called bare attention. Bare attention means being aware of every experience clearly and precisely, without adding any interpretation, judgment, or analysis to our primary awareness. We pay close attention to each experience in the body, the mind, and the senses.

Another aspect of the practice is to pay attention as continuously as possible. The Dharma practice is not limited to formal meditation practice –  such as sitting on our cushion or attending a retreat –  rather it is intended to be used moment by moment, in every life circumstance. The wings of the Dharma must be engaged as continuously as possible for the bird of liberation to fly.

The other wing is called Equanimity which is described as acceptance, allowance, or nonresistance. This means that every experience, large or small, pleasant, or unpleasant, is accepted equally. If the experience is very pleasant, we accept it, but we do not grasp it, hold onto it, or try to re-create it.

If an experience is unpleasant, then we accept it just as if it were a pleasant experience. We do not push away or resist any experience. Resistance can be very obvious much of the time, but it may also take more subtle forms such as sleepiness, denial, body tension, or daydreaming.

It’s essential to understand that we are describing the ideal practice. That’s our intention but we know that we won’t live up to this ideal one hundred percent of the time. When we do fall short of our intention it’s important that we simply return to the primary intention as described. We do not need to judge or evaluate ourselves in any way. Patience and self-kindness are extremely important in this practice.

The fruit of awareness is wisdom. The fruit of equanimity is compassion. When they work together like the wings of a bird then we are moving in the direction of liberation.

The wings of equanimity and awareness must work together in concert for the bird to fly. If we are inclined toward awareness to the exclusion of equanimity, then we may still reap wisdom, but it may be a dry wisdom that has little heart embedded in it.

If we engage in equanimity with little awareness, then we may feel good and become very relaxed, but there is little wisdom acquired.  

Dharma practice is more of an art than a science. We may use a certain formula, but it is applied in a different way with each individual and each circumstance. Having a teacher available can be very important. The role of the teacher is to advise us how to employ the appropriate skill at the right time.

Our bird may be cruising along on an updraft flying with very little effort and then suddenly hits a headwind and needs to work much harder just to maintain minimal progress. As we meditate over time, unconscious conflicts, stresses, unresolved issues often come to the surface of our awareness. Just prior to this emergence there may be unconscious resistance, and we may find that it is difficult to maintain mindfulness – even when there is no identifiable cause for the difficulty. It’s important that we not judge ourselves but to simply continue doing the practice of awareness and equanimity. Once again, this is where a skilled teacher can be of great help.

Contemplative Practice

In your meditation time practice try bringing equanimity and awareness into play in a harmonious balance. Notice how this feels.

Teaching
1
-
8

The Three ‘R’s of Mindfulness

Recognition is the ability to identify a particular experience.

Contemplative Practice

Notice the interplay of awareness and equanimity throughout your day. Notice especially when you feel out of balance.

The term “Three R’s” refers to the foundations of a general educational program: reading, writing and arithmetic. The term can be generalized to  indicate the fundamentals of any system of study or practice. So, I am going to propose the “Three Rs of Mindfulness” which can be a foundation for this practice.

In mindfulness practice the first R stands for the word “Recognize.” Recognition is the ability to identify a particular experience. To be mindful is to recognize “thinking” when a thought arises, to recognize “feeling” when an emotion arises and to recognize “sensing” when a sensation occurs. Recognition requires awareness. Mindfulness means that I am aware; that I am aware that I am aware; and that I recognize the object of my awareness.

It’s particularly important to recognize those highly charged experiences that often trigger us to lose mindfulness and go unconscious. Intense pleasure or pain can trigger a reactive flight into unconsciousness; strong emotions can do the same. Recognizing your experience before you react is an essential component of mindfulness.

The second R stands for “Refrain.” This means to refrain from reacting automatically when strong feelings arise; it means to refrain from acting out habituated behavioral patterns that are based on fear or judgment. We often act out these patterns when we experience intense pain or pleasure, or when very strong emotions arise. With pain we tend to react with some form of aversion, resistance, or judgment. With intense pleasure we frequently react with a pattern of clinging or attachment.

The mental equivalent of physical pain is that of uncertainty and not-knowing. The human mind abhors a vacuum; it wants answers –  and if it doesn’t have any then it will usually make something up! To refrain is to be willing to live in the unknown and to allow the self to feel the vulnerability that rises with not-knowing.

To refrain means to take a deep breath and drop into direct awareness rather than into unconscious reactivity. This is not suppressing our experience; it is simply not reacting automatically or unconsciously – any response you then make is intentional. To refrain is to pause and to experience life consciously rather than live on autopilot.

The third R stands for “Relax.” This means to relax the body, to open the heart and to quiet the mind. We begin by breathing deeply, sensing the body, and being present to the heart; by being willing to stay open rather than tightening up and shutting down. To relax also means not clinging to pleasure, but simply accepting it when it is here and letting it leave when it does. To relax the mind is to not cling to your views and opinions and to not grasp at desired outcomes. It means to hold your judgments lightly and to be willing to live with uncertainty. Certainly, we have our preferences and viewpoints, this is inevitable with human nature, but we can relax and hold them lightly, rather than addictively clinging to them.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
1
-
9

The Role of Ethics in Spiritual Practice

The practice of ethics is a natural consequence of living as an awakened being.
A universal ethical mandate is to Do No Harm.

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you violate an ethical precept that you’ve Teaching 1-osen to follow, notice your mental state and the sensations in your body. (Notice if any self-judgment arises.)

It’s crucial to understand the role of ethics and morality in your spiritual practice. For many years religion has been the primary provider of mandates for ethical and moral behavior. (Including the American culture until about 1960.) As such, morality, religion, and spirituality have become somewhat conflated; many people equate these terms. They are not the same thing.

Ethical behavior as an essential part of spiritual practice. The purpose of spiritual practice is to awaken to our true nature. Spiritual practice does not necessarily depend upon religion for its foundation.

In this context ethical practice is not imposed from an external or supernatural source –  it is a natural consequence of living as an awakened being. In the awakened state you recognize that you are inherently connected with all of life and with every being that exists; ethical behavior is a natural consequence of this realization.

In spiritual practice you live as if you are already awakened, and then you discover that within you that doesn’t believe this! You then interpret all resistance to practice as a defilement of mind which is born from ignorance, fear and grasping. In spiritual practice our intention is to meet these mental forces with clear nonattached awareness and with compassion  –  this will eventually dissolve defilements.

We practice ethical behavior by creating the intention to follow a particular ethical guideline.  We do this for the purpose of spiritual awakening; not for the purpose of being “good” or “doing it right.” Creating the intention of enlightened (ethical) behavior you then become aware of those times when we behave otherwise.  Consider each infraction as an opportunity to see parts of self that are lost in fear and ignorance. Our intention then is to respond to these with compassion and wisdom.

Perhaps the most universal ethical guideline –  one that is found in virtually every religious tradition –  is the so-called Golden Rule: Do unto others as you would have them do unto you. If you find yourself behaving otherwise, then you use that opportunity to become acquainted with the lost part of yourself that is driving this behavior –  bringing in wisdom and compassion as best you can. Sometimes you may need external help in the form of a teacher, therapist, or support group.

Another universal ethical mandate is to Do No Harm. We see this reflected in the physicians’ Hippocratic oath, as well as in the Buddhist ethical precepts. The Buddha’s Eight-Fold Path includes the Five Precepts of Right Behavior, which is a further delineation of the mandate to Do No Harm. These Precepts specify non-harming by not killing any living being, by not taking what is not given, by refraining from sexual misconduct, by avoiding the misuse of intoxicants, and by practicing Right Speech, which is defined as speech that is true, kind, and necessary.

The precepts, as with any teaching, are subject to some interpretation. “Am I violating the precepts if I use pesticides in my garden, or eat meat, or take antibiotics? What if I am member of the armed services, or I drive a gas guzzling vehicle?” Practicing the Precepts in our complex modern world reveals many gray areas for you to explore. Your own wisdom should be the final determiner.

Don’t get lost in searching for an absolute “right meaning” of an ethical precept but rather ask “How can I best use this precept to support my spiritual practice?” Rather than getting lost in a debate about legalisms, it is far better to return to the intention of spiritual practice which is to awaken spiritually and to help others awaken.

I find it helpful to use the precepts as I would use the “rumble strips” on the edge of a freeway: to let me know when I am straying from my intended path. If I find myself violating a precept or doing harm in any way then I can take a deep breath and look at that part of self that is suffering from ignorance and fear and then bring compassion into that dark place.

If I discover that I am violating an ethical precept, then it is very important that I not respond with guilt or self-criticism; this is not helpful. Rather, I look honestly and compassionately at the energy within my own psyche that is calling for my attention. I then hold that part of myself as a mother would hold a troubled child: with compassion, wisdom, and a gentle discipline, as needed.

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you violate an ethical precept that you’ve Teaching 1-osen to follow, notice your mental state and the sensations in your body. (Notice if any self-judgment arises.)

Teaching
1
-
10

Spiritual Companionship

As humans we are inherently relational beings.
Spiritual companionship is an essential part of the journey of awakening.

Contemplative Practice

If you do not have a sangha or dharma friend, then do what you can to find one. If you do have one or both then do your best to nurture these valuable relationships.

One of the paradoxes of the spiritual journey is that we must each do it alone –  and yet in another sense, we cannot do the journey alone! Each of us must live the life we have been given; we must walk a path that is authentically our own. This journey is unique to each of one of us; no one else can do it for us. In this sense, spiritual practice is a solitary journey.

And yet, as humans we are inherently relational beings; we are intrinsically related to others. Our brains are “hardwired” for relationships; our sense of self developed in relationship with another; we know ourselves as we do only in relationship to others.

Most spiritual traditions recognize this enigmatic quality of human life. Whether one is a monastic, or a lay person spiritual practice must include both the dimension of solitude and that of relationship with others. In the Buddhist tradition this is expressed in certain teachings of the Buddha where he expresses the importance of both self-reliance and relationship with others.

Toward the end of his life, he said to his chief disciple Ananda, “Therefore, Ananda, be islands unto yourselves, refuges unto yourselves, seeking no external refuge; with the Dharma as your island, the Dharma as your refuge, seeking no other refuge.” And yet, earlier in his life when Ananda enthusiastically declared to him: “Venerable one, this is half of the holy life: admirable friendship, admirable companionship, and admirable camaraderie.” The Buddha replied, “Don't say that, Ananda. Admirable friendship, admirable companionship, admirable camaraderie is actually the whole of the holy life. When a monk has admirable people as friends, companions, and comrades, he can be expected to develop & pursue the noble eightfold path.”  (In another teaching the Buddha makes a similar statement about lay persons.)

The Pali term Kalyāna-mittatā is the name often given to a spiritual friendship within Buddhist community life; it is applicable to both monastic and householder relationships. One involved in such a relationship is known as a "noble friend." Since early Buddhist history the term Kalyāna-mittatā has been used to reference spiritual teacher-student dyads as well as peer relationships. For those who practice Buddhist meditation, the sangha is a common way of forming spiritual companionships. A sangha consists of a community of individuals committed to learning, practicing, and supporting other sangha members in spiritual practice. Traditionally, the sangha was formed around a particular teacher, but this is not absolutely required. What is required is having a group of individuals with a clear intention and a consistency of teachings and practices.

Christianity developed as a communal spiritual movement and remains so to this day. The early Christians (known as Followers of the Way) lived in small communities. Later, as Christianity became more widespread, the church became the primary community, with the priest as the designated leader. Christianity, as well as Judaism and Islam, is a relationship-oriented spiritual practice. And yet, from early on, solitude was also an essential part of Christian practice, particularly for the monastic. Spiritual friendship and mentoring were common within the early Christian communities.

The practice of Spiritual Direction developed as a disciplined way of being present with a person who wanted to deepen his or her relationship with the divine and to grow in personal spirituality. Spiritual direction included elements of both solitude and relationship. This practice has become widespread in recent years and flourishes today in many lay communities.

Perhaps the most widespread form of spiritual friendship in the modern West is found in the Twelve Step Recovery movement whereby relationships develop to support mutual sobriety. Sobriety is more than cessation of an active addiction; it includes a spiritual awakening of the former addict and a transformation of his or her way of life. Within each Twelve Step group individuals are encouraged to find a mentor (sponsor) who can guide them according to their specific issues and needs.

Spiritual companionship can generally be described as a relationship that is formed for the primary purpose of mutually developing and supporting each person’s spiritual growth. There may be a social component to the relationship, but the primary purpose is the nurturing of spiritual development. By whatever name, and in whatever form, spiritual companionship is an essential part of the journey of awakening!

Contemplative Practice

Questions

  1. How does your own spiritual journey compare to the generalized journey described in the text?
  2. What is the significance of the term “yogi”?
  3. Why is intention an important first step in spiritual practice?
  4. What is the difference between an intention and a goal?
  5. What is bare attention and why is it important?
  6. What is “equanimity”?
  7. Why is equanimity an important part of spiritual practice
  8. What are the “3R’s” of mindfulness?
  9. What is a “sangha” and why is it important to us?
  10. Why is ethical behavior an important part of dharma practice?

Prelude 2

A westerner was in Japan on a business trip when he decided to visit a Zen monastery for a few days. When he arrived, he found that the roshi (master teacher) was present but would be practicing silence for the next several days.

Undaunted, the westerner asked the attendant, “Could we communicate in writing?” After consulting with the teacher, the attendant said, “Yes, but no more than three questions.”

The westerner scribbled a note on a piece of paper that said, “What is Zen?” The next day the attendant brought him a note from the roshi. It said, “Awareness.”

The visitor then wrote another quick note that said, “Could you elaborate?”

The next day the attendant brought a note that said, “Awareness. Awareness.”

Becoming a bit frustrated, the westerner wrote another note saying, “Could you explain what ‘Awareness. Awareness.’ means?”

The written response was “Awareness. Awareness. Awareness.”

On his last day at the monastery, he pleaded with the attendant, “I know I was allowed only three questions, but may I ask one more? After consulting with the teacher, the attendant nodded yes.

The final question: What does “Awareness. Awareness, Awareness” mean?

The final reply: “Awareness, Awareness, Awareness means Awareness.”

Teaching
2
-
1

Dharma Paradigm Shift I

A paradigm is a framework by which we perceive reality.
Dharma practice requires a paradigm shift

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you experience any form of discontent, review the underlying assumptions you are making. What if these assumptions were not true?

The Buddha’s teaching of the Eight-Fold Path is a prescription for freedom from suffering. The path begins with Right Understanding (aka Right View). Right Understanding involves a radical shift from our everyday perspective of life. This could be called a paradigm shift.

A paradigm is the framework by which we understand reality. A paradigm consists of the unconscious assumptions and premises that we assume to be true as we live our life each day. For example, we assume that every effect has a cause; and we assume that the cause must always precede the effect. We also assume that every object must be located somewhere in time and space and that no two objects can exist in the same place and time.

These assumptions appear valid in the everyday world, but with the discovery of quantum mechanics we find that these assumptions are invalidated by observation. To understand quantum physics, we must abandon the Newtonian “common sense” paradigm and work under a whole separate set of assumptions.

So too, our dharma practice must function from a separate set of premises than our everyday “common sense” mind. It’s like quantum science in that it seems to defy our “everyday mind” point of view.

My everyday mind tells me that if I am not happy it’s because I don’t have something that I desire or that I have something that is not desirable. This same mind tells me that if I want something I don’t have I must do something to get it, and I have to do it in a certain way – i.e., do it “right.” The premise is that if I do it right then I will receive the payoff that will bring me a measure of happiness.

This is true for most of what we do as human beings: we study, we practice, and we work to get what we want. Whether it’s joining a gym, enrolling in a school, or embarking on a new diet, our basic premise is that we do this to gain something we want or to get rid of something we don’t want. “I must do something and do it correctly to get what I desire.”

Most people begin meditation practice with that same set of assumptions; believing that if I do this right (or do it long enough) then I will acquire my goal of peace, happiness, or enlightenment. When individuals first engage meditation practice it is not uncommon for them to ask “What will I gain from this…and how long will it take?

Dharma practice requires a paradigm shift akin to that of shifting from Newtonian to quantum physics. We need to let go of our previous pattern of striving for results and begin with the premise that this moment is enough; that nothing is wrong or broken or missing. In the dharma practice we are not trying to get anywhere, we are not trying to achieve anything or get rid of anything: there is no future goal. What we most desire is already here. What we seek is the seeker itself.

But one may well respond: My body hurts, my mind is crazy, I feel anxious, and my life is a mess. How can you say that I have everything I need to be happy right now?

My answer comes in the form of a question: Have you ever had a very scary dream where you have felt terrified…and then you woke up? Your heart may have been pounding, your palms sweating; but soon you saw that you were perfectly safe in your own bed. You may even have been lying next to someone who loves you very much. You spent several minutes in pure hell when in reality you were safe and loved.

The problem wasn’t that a monster was about to devour you, the problem was that you were identified with a world that isn’t real.

We have become identified with a self and a worldview that is not quite real. Our distorted perception causes us to believe that this moment is not enough: that I must acquire something or get rid of something to be happy. Our basic premise is that this moment is not enough (or is too much!).

This premise leads us to believe that our happiness lies in some future moment; so, we reach for that future moment. The best the next moment can offer is some temporary satisfaction or relief. This temporary satisfaction (or the lack of it) drives further grasping toward the next moment hoping that it holds the permanent happiness that we deeply desire. On and on and on this goes, driving what Buddhists call “the wheel of samsara,” which is the endless cycle of suffering from lifetime to lifetime.

In our meditation practice we assume that the source of the happiness and satisfaction that we seek is already within us; it is our true nature. Our practice is not an attempt to get something that we don’t have but rather to see when and how we fail to open to the reality of the present moment.  In seeing clearly how we avoid being present in the moment we can choose to cease our habitual avoidance and learn to stay awake to each moment. Seeing our resistance in the present moment without adding further resistance will eventually dissolve it.

Clear nonattached awareness dissolves delusion. The light of awareness dissolves the shadow of darkness. When the mind is not deluded, we experience the ever-present radiance of our true nature. We then realize that happiness is not based upon any condition, and we are free from suffering.

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you experience any form of discontent, review the underlying assumptions you are making. What if these assumptions were not true?

Teaching
2
-
2

Dharma Paradigm Shift II

Most everything we do is motivated by the desire to feel good and to avoid feeling bad.
The crucial question is “What is my relationship to my present experience?”

Contemplative Practice

Periodically throughout your day, ask yourself, “How am I relating to my present experience?”

The Buddha’s teaching of the Eight-Fold Path is a prescription for freedom from suffering. The first step on the Eight-Fold Path is Right Understanding, the second step is Right Motivation. These two practices involve a radical shift from our everyday life perspective. This could be called a paradigm shift.

A paradigm is the framework by which we understand our sense of reality. A paradigm consists of the assumptions and premises that we unconsciously assume to be true as we live our life each day.

Previously we discussed one aspect of the paradigm shift necessary to cultivate right understanding and right motivation; in this teaching we introduce another aspect of that paradigm shift.

The deepest conditioning of all animal species – including humans – is to seek that which is pleasant and to avoid that which is painful. Both humans and animals are trained and conditioned via this principle. We automatically repeat behavior that produces pleasant sensations, and we drop behavior that causes unpleasant sensations. Most everything we do is motivated by the desire to feel good (i.e., pleasant sensations) and avoid feeling bad (i.e., unpleasant sensations). With humans this applies as much (or more) to pleasant and unpleasant emotions as it does to physical sensations.

Most humans have some ability to forego immediate gratification in anticipation of future pleasure; by letting go of an immediate gratification one may increase the duration or quality of some future gratification. We might even be willing to endure a fair amount of discomfort in anticipation of a pleasant payoff in the future. Going on a diet or training for an athletic event are examples of this. The current moment’s difficulty is tolerated because there is hope for future gratification. If that hope were to dissipate, then the present difficulty would be less likely to be tolerated.

Hope often arises when we lack gratification in the present moment. Hope can seem to make our present experience more tolerable. The hope for a better tomorrow can sustain us through a difficult day.

To cultivate Right Understanding and Right Motivation it is necessary to see how deeply the drive for present and/or future gratification operates in the human psyche – and to not be seduced by it. Right Understanding and Right Motivation is not about using our meditation practice to increase pleasure or to reduce pain. It is not a bargain or investment in which we “suffer now in hope for a better future.”

As we engage in our meditation practices, we may not always feel better; we often do, but sometimes we feel worse. We are deeply conditioned to believe that “If I feel good then I am doing it right!” and “If I feel bad then I am doing something wrong.” This is not always true.

In discussions with my students, I often hear them refer to a “good meditation” and when I ask them “What made it “good,’” they will typically tell me that they experienced pleasant qualities in their body and mind. Conversely, when I hear about a “bad” meditation I will usually hear about their experience of pain and mental unrest.

Right Understanding and Right Motivation liberate us from suffering and help us to realize the Buddha nature. True liberation means being free of enslavement to pleasure or pain; it means becoming free of attachment to the ever-changing conditions of time/space reality. This requires a radical shift in our understanding and motivation,

The crucial question is not, “Am I feeling good or bad?” but “What is my relationship to my present experience?” “Am I present and clearly aware of each experience; and am I meeting it with equanimity? Am I non-resisting each experience whether it’s pleasant or unpleasant? Am I able to suspend my judgement that difficult or unpleasant experiences are bad and that pleasant ones are good? Am I able to experience unpleasantness without latching on to hope for a “better future?”

The habit of hoping for a better future drives us to continuously strive for future gratification by playing out our well-worn strategies: “If I keep trying the same thing harder maybe I will eventually get what I want!” Rarely does this work…and even if it does, we discover that what we thought we wanted really doesn’t give us the happiness that we thought it would.

Freedom is found only in the present moment. At times it may be wise to prepare for the future, but even then, we can find freedom only right here and right now. As we find freedom in the present moment, we then gain the clarity and wisdom we need to make the choices that will best serve us in the future. The best way to prepare for the future is to live with awareness and equanimity in the present moment!

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
2
-
3

Awareness of the Body

The body knows only the present moment,

Contemplative Practice

Set the intention to be aware of your body throughout the day.

Mindfulness practice is being aware of each experience and accepting that experience as it arises in the moment. With continued practice we broaden and deepen awareness of each experience as it occurs.

An essential element of mindfulness practice is awareness of the body, which includes awareness of the posture and movement of the body as well as awareness of sensations that occur in the body.

Our experience of the body is always in the present moment. The body knows only the present moment, yet it has its own memory; the body is a storehouse of our personal history. These body memories are mostly unconscious; they lie below the level of immediate awareness. Since the body knows only the present moment it experiences these unconscious memories as if they were occurring right now.

But we tend to disconnect our awareness from the body because it is subject to pain and to unpleasant feelings. The body houses desires and emotions that might be (or might have been) socially taboo. We vacate the body and become enmeshed with our thoughts and beliefs; we become identified with the mind.

When we suppress body awareness, we also suppress our aliveness and the natural joy of being alive. Disconnected from the body we become alienated from nature and from the earth. We then perceive the natural world as foreign and unrelated to ourselves.

One of the most direct ways to access the unconscious mind is through conscious awareness of the body. As we experience the body with awareness and equanimity in the present moment, we make conscious that which has been unconscious. This allows us to metabolize our past experiences and to live in the clear reality of the present rather than living with our perceptions shrouded by ghosts of the past.

There are many reasons, physical, psychological, and spiritual, to practice mindfulness of the body. Jon Kabat-Zinn, originator of a practice called Mindfulness Based Stress Reduction, has documented numerous cases where individuals have improved their physical and psychological health because of the MBSR practice, which includes extensive training in body awareness. The Buddha taught much about awareness of the body as a foundation for spiritual awakening and liberation from suffering.

In mindfulness practice we hold the intention to be aware and accepting of each sensation that arises in the body. Begin by practicing with awareness of the breath and then become aware of other sensations that arise in the body. Don’t think about the body or try to visualize it but just experience the feelings and sensations directly. Feel the body within the body itself. And try to make friends with each experience, even if it’s unpleasant.

An alternative method of body awareness is to sweep awareness through the body from top to bottom and back again, over, and over. Once again, this is not a visualization, it is scanning the body with direct awareness.

To be fully awake and free from suffering it is essential to be aware of the body, and to fully experience the body as it is in each moment. As we practice a clear direct awareness of the body, we will experience the deeper reality of the body; we can discover that it is much more than a physical form and that we are much more than a physical body. To be fully awake we must embrace the body directly with awareness and with equanimity.

Contemplative Practice

Set the intention to be aware of your body throughout the day.

Teaching
2
-
4

Awareness of Mind: Thinking

At this stage in our evolution, we are more identified with the mind than the body.
You are not your thoughts. you are that which is aware of them.

Contemplative Practice

Set the intention to be aware of your thoughts throughout the day.

We have addressed practicing awareness of the body. Now we focus on the awareness of mental activity – specifically on awareness of thinking.

A prerequisite to awareness of the mind is awareness of the body. If you are not connected to the experience of the body, you are likely to get lost in thinking. At this stage in our evolution, we are more identified with the mind than with the body. That is why it is so easy to get lost in thinking. That is why we live most of our life focusing on the past or the future. And that is why it is especially important to be anchored in awareness of body sensations before practicing awareness of the mind.

The body experiences only the present moment; the mind, on the other hand, knows only the past and the future – it cannot grasp the immediacy of the present moment. Whenever you get lost in thinking becoming aware of the body will bring you back to the present moment. You may know this from your life experience: perhaps you’re walking along completely lost in thought when suddenly you banged your shin on something and immediately you come back to the present moment because of the sensation you feel in your leg! When the body experiences pain, it draws your attention into the present moment.

But you do not have to experience pain to be aware of the body. To the extent that you can have some awareness of the body you will be connected to the present moment; this gives you the foundation to practice awareness of thinking.

When practicing awareness of the body you sense the body within the body itself; you “soak” the body with awareness like water soaks into a dry sponge. Awareness of thinking requires a different approach. Because we are identified with the mind it is helpful to be aware of thinking as if you were observing the thoughts from a distance – like watching birds in the air. As you observe thinking without identifying you will see that you are not your thoughts – you are the observer of the thoughts.

But even with a great deal of practice you may sometimes find yourself entangled in thinking – so it is very important to be patient. With practice you find that your entanglement tends to become shorter in duration – you do not get lost for quite as long. You may still get hijacked by your thoughts, but you escape more quickly!

With continued practice you will see how repetitive your thoughts are. As you observe thought patterns without identifying with them, they will eventually lose their momentum. Your identification with the thought patterns gives them the added energy to keep spinning. Imagine a spinning Wheel of Fortune and then periodically you reach out and give it an added spin to keep it moving. But without your added energy the wheel will gradually slow down and eventually come to complete stillness.

When you see that “the mind has a mind of its own” you start to become free from the tyranny of your thoughts and you develop discernment to decide which thoughts are useful and which are not. You discover that the power of choice lies outside of thinking – that your will is free from conditioned thought. And you will see that what you formerly thought were your choices were really choices that were made by the momentum of conditioned thought patterns.

As you become “aware that you are aware” you see that you are not your thoughts: you are the witness; you are that which is aware. With continued practice the sense of self begins to shift from thinker to observer. As this shift occurs your choices are made from the objective observer rather than from subjective thought patterns; these choices are guided by wisdom and compassion more than by craving and aversion.

Eventually even the witness disappears, and you realize that you are pure awareness. But this occurs organically; just proceed one step at a time. For most of us the next step is to simply be aware of thinking as it occurs in the present moment.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
2
-
5

Awareness of Mind: Mental States

A mental state forms the context for our thoughts and perceptions.
True happiness (aka enlightenment) is not a mental state.

Contemplative Practice

Set the intention to pause and become aware of your present mind state at times throughout the day.

Previously we addressed awareness of thinking. Now we focus on awareness of mental states. A mental state forms the background and context for our thoughts and perceptions. A mental state may be any emotion, attitude, or mood; specific examples could include anxiety, depression, judgment, or joy.

Mental states form the lens through which we perceive our world. Mental states supply context and meaning to every experience. For example, if we are identified with depression then every experience is filtered through the lens of deficiency, despair, and despondency. Even a tiny loss or failure can send us spiraling downward into greater darkness.

But even in less acute situations our mental state will color our perception of reality. To the extent that we are unaware of a mental state we will project its meaning onto the objective world and perceive it as “out there.” Sometimes it’s easier to see this in others than in ourselves. We may see how friends or relatives are caught up in their habitual interpretation of life experiences. We may be tempted to roll our eyes when we hear the same story repeated ad infinitum!

It’s not quite as easy to see how we are doing the very same thing! Perhaps it’s in a different way, but if we are honest with ourselves then we can see how it’s working in our own mind. By being aware of our own habituated mental filters we’re less likely to project our subjective interpretation onto the external world and believe it to be objectively real. Some interpretations seem automatic and virtually inevitable; but the key is to understand that it is an interpretation rather than an objective reality.

The Buddha taught extensively about awareness of mind states. He said to be especially aware of unwholesome mental states that are rooted in grasping, aversion, and delusion. Mind states such as prejudice, hatred, cynicism, greed, and fear are examples of unwholesome mental states. When unrecognized these mind states can lead to much suffering for ourselves and often for others.

It’s helpful to be aware of the physical sensations associated with a mental state. If you are caught in a mental state, such as intense fear or anger, it’s helpful to bring some awareness to the body. If we have some awareness of physical sensations in the present moment, then we are less likely to be identified with the mental state.

Without this awareness we are prone to being caught in a storyline that we have associated with that mental state. We may then project this narrative onto the external world and react accordingly. Much human suffering results from this pattern of projection and reactivity.

You might be aware of a physical sensation before you’re aware of the underlying mind state. For example, you might be aware of tightness in the jaw before being aware of anger; or you may feel a knot in the stomach before having awareness of fear. If you experience a chronic or frequent physical sensation it can be helpful to see if there is a mental or emotional counterpart to this sensation; look for a mental state that might lie behind the physical symptom. Conversely, if you experience chronic or frequent emotional patterns then it can be helpful to recognize the physical sensations associated with that emotion.

We are not analyzing our experience; simply notice what is present –in the body and in the mind. Don’t get tangled up in the “paralysis of analysis.” We may become like a dog chasing its own tail!

Identifying with, clinging to, or resisting any mental state will ultimately result in suffering. This is true even with pleasant mind states, such as joy, because joy (or any other mental state) will eventually subside and morph into another state. If we’re clinging to joy, then suffering will result.

Conversely, resisting an unpleasant mental state is counter-productive because that which we resist tends to persist. The best way to move through an unpleasant mental state is to accept it without resistance. (This does not mean accepting the veracity of the storyline that we associate with this state.) Once we fully accept the physical sensations associated with a mental state then the related story will likely fade away.

In summary, when you are identified with a mental state it is helpful to a) become aware of sensations in the body; b) name the mental state –  if you can; c) let go of your grip on the storyline; d) explore the mental state objectively without focusing on the apparent cause or on future action that you might take. If possible, avoid making decisions or taking actions when identified with a mental state (positive or negative.)

And finally, I want to point out that true happiness (aka enlightenment) is not a mental state – it is independent of any mental state or any other condition. (The term nirvana simply means extinction, referring to the extinction of suffering.) True happiness is unconditional, independent of any physical or emotional condition.

Contemplative Practice

Set the intention to pause and become aware of your present mind state at times throughout the day.

Teaching
2
-
6

Awareness of Desire

Desire is an immensely powerful force in human life.
Rather than being attached to the object of desire we can enter the experience of desire itself.
The deepest desire of your heart is to align your heart with the flow of the One Life

Contemplative Practice

During your day see if you can become aware of desire before you act on it. Try to increase the time between recognizing desire and acting.

Of all mental states desire can be the most powerful and the most difficult to recognize. As such, it can control our life unseen for many years.

Desire is an immensely powerful force in human life, and it’s perhaps the most enigmatic issue that we encounter on the spiritual journey. Some teachers tell us that all desire is (ultimately) from God, and that the heart of every desire is the Divine seeking expression in this world. And yet other spiritual teachers tell us that “Desire is the root of all suffering.”  It’s no wonder that many of us feel confused or conflicted when dealing with desire.

Desire is an essential part of life. Every life form has the desire to survive and to reproduce. As human beings, we are born with desire. Desire is at the core of our human identity; our sense of self is inseparable from our wants, needs and values. Desire motivates us to act and for better or worse desire shapes the course of our life.

In this teaching I hope to bring some clarity to this matter because the skillful use of this powerful energy is essential for our spiritual practice. At the core of every desire is the One Life seeking to express itself in the world of form. If we look at the very deepest roots of desire, we can say that desire does emanate from God, the source of all life.

For most life forms desire appears as instinct. Instinct is programmed and typically changes little during the life of the animal. But humans are different animals altogether! Although our basic instincts are like those of other animals, the way these instincts are expressed is deeply influenced by our conditioning. The primary vehicle for our conditioning is culture, which for humans is “second nature.”

If we look at basic drives such as hunger or reproduction, we see that at the core they are the same for humans as for animals. However, the way these desires are satisfied differs radically between animals and humans and will even vary a great deal from one human culture to another. For humans, instinct provides the raw energy but conditioning shapes the expression of that energy.

At the deepest core of every desire is the Divine seeking expression, but this energy is channeled through our biology and is shaped by our conditioning. The actual expression of desire may not look at all divine, it may even appear demonic and yet its essential nature is of divine origin.

Regarding desire as the source of suffering, it should be said that it’s not desire per se that is problematic, but it’s craving that causes suffering. Craving is desire with attachment to outcome; craving occurs when we become fixated on the object of our desire. Most cravings are molded by our conditioning.

You may not know when simple desire has become craving until you don’t get what you want. If craving is present, then suffering will ensue. The degree of suffering you experience is proportional to the degree of attachment to the desired outcome.

How can you transform craving into simple desire? You may find yourself in a quandary if you are attached to getting rid of your attachments! The only way to escape this double bind is to bring clear nonattached awareness to the experience of desire itself.

This is rarely easy because the craving may be the result of some deep cultural conditioning. It requires effort and practice to sustain nonattached awareness. We are inundated with messages that tell us what it is that we cannot live without.

Conditioned behavior feeds upon repetition and unconsciousness. As you bring nonattached awareness to the experience of desire, you can separate natural and healthy desires from the conditioning that promotes craving. By refraining from acting out your desires and being willing to experience the underlying thoughts, emotions, and physical sensations you will begin to free yourself from the tyranny of your conditioning.

As you bring your unconscious suffering into conscious awareness, you begin to feel the full intensity of it. If you can stay awake and not run away from this suffering it will gradually dissipate and will eventually emerge into a life of freedom and abundance.

As we can experience desire without acting it out and without attachment to results then we begin to gain clarity around which desires should be acted upon and which ones are best left alone. We become like the surfer who enters the ocean and just watches the waves come in until he finds the one that he wants to ride!

Rather than being preoccupied with the object of desire we can enter the experience of desire itself by exploring thoughts, emotions, and physical sensations. We see the desire itself rather than seeing through eyes clouded by craving. We allow desire to be the object of awareness. This practice allows us to experience the deeper essence of desire itself.

As we live in the heart of desire rather than in the mind of craving the force that motivates us will gradually shift. Rather than being driven solely by self-gratification we find that we “march to the tune of a different drummer.” Our personal desires become aligned with the universal good.

Just as every cell in a healthy body is aligned with the greater good of the body itself, we see that we are all cells in a larger body. This larger body is not formed by religion, politics, ethnicity, or economic interests but rather by our common humanity. For some, the body extends even beyond humanity to embrace all life on earth – including the earth itself.

With the simile of everyone as a cell in a larger body egocentric craving could be seen as a form of cancer wherein individual cells selfishly multiply and consume the body rather than support its overall health and wellbeing. Self-centered craving is a form of malignancy that is detrimental to the larger web of life. This malignancy is the cause of a wide variety of ecological, economic, and social crises facing humankind today.

As our personal desires align with the universal good, we become aligned with that which some call the Divine Will, and others call the Evolutionary Impulse. Whatever name we ascribe to it, it becomes the overwhelming desire of your heart. This desire is not craving to save the world or to avenge the injustices of evildoers but to simply do that which makes your heart sing. The deepest desire of your heart is to align your heart with the flow of the One Life as it seeks its unique expression through you.

Attuned to this universal flow of life we see that we are not necessarily the doers of our deeds; we are but the channels through which the universe evolves into new dimensions of experience. Our work is to stay awake and to listen to our hearts. Our work is to surrender to the great current of Life flowing through us and as us –  and then do what is ours to do.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
2
-
7

The End of Suffering

“I teach one thing and one thing only, and that is, suffering and the end of suffering.” (The Buddha)
To overcome suffering, we must see its cause.

Contemplative Practice

Notice when the slightest degree of suffering arises; then notice your relationship to your present moment experience. See if you can find a connection between the suffering and how you relate to your experience.

Repeatedly the Buddha was asked speculative questions about the meaning of life or the nature of reality. His response was always the same: “I teach one thing and one thing only, and that is, ‘suffering and the end of suffering.’”  (The English word suffering is translated from the Pali word “dukkha” which can also mean dissatisfaction, stress, or unhappiness.)

When I first studied the Buddhist teachings, I wondered why he didn’t say: “I teach the end of suffering and the discovery of happiness.” I thought, “That would certainly make it much easier to promote Buddhism to the world!”

After a few years of practice, I discovered the answer to my question.

It’s a two-part answer. First, the Buddha did not present happiness as a goal to be achieved because that could foster craving and attachment to a goal, which would ultimately cause even more suffering. (Craving is a primary cause of suffering.)

Second, the word happiness inevitably conjures memories of experiences we consider “happy” by human standards. The “happiness” that the Buddha taught is far beyond any human concept, memory, or experience of personal happiness. Very few people have experienced this happiness that passes all human understanding.

How then does one teach something that is beyond human comprehension? There are two ways; and the Buddha used them both.

One way is to describe everything that it isn’t. The Buddha taught “the end of suffering” (nirvana) rather than “finding happiness.” (The word nirvana simply means to extinguish.)

A second way is to avoid any reference to an outcome and simply teach a method for reaching the direct experience of it – thereby avoiding any need to define it. (Don’t bother to define a strawberry – just taste it!) The Eight-Fold Path was the method that the Buddha taught as the way to the direct experience.

As our practice unfolds, we see that to end suffering we must be willing to experience suffering in a certain way. The only way out is the way through.

To overcome suffering, we must see its cause. To see its cause, we must experience suffering consciously. To experience suffering consciously we must drop all denials and defenses. This puts us on the path beyond suffering.

This is exactly what Insight Meditation practice (vipassana) is designed to do.

Begin by sitting, doing nothing. (Sitting/ Zazen)

Recognize suffering as it arises. (Mindfulness/ Awareness)

Allow everything to be just as it is. (Equanimity)

Recognize the cause of suffering as it arises. (Insight/ Vipassana)

Recognize clearly how knowing the cause of suffering dissolves it. (Insight/ Vipassana)

Recognize that suffering has ceased. (Insight/ Vipassana)

Experience “the end of suffering.” (Nirvana)

Don’t wait for a major disaster to occur in your life; use the everyday suffering that’s right in front of you. Simply be still, let it arise and work with what’s here right now. Your present moment experience is the starting place for the journey.

As our practice unfolds, we see that to end suffering we must be willing to experience suffering in a certain way. The only way out is the way through.

To overcome suffering, we must see its cause. To see its cause, we must experience suffering consciously. To experience suffering consciously we must drop all denials and defenses. This puts us on the path beyond suffering.

Contemplative Practice

Notice when the slightest degree of suffering arises; then notice your relationship to your present moment experience. See if you can find a connection between the suffering and how you relate to your experience.

Teaching
2
-
8

Dharma Math

Resistance is an attempt to restrict the experience of life as it naturally unfolds.
Satisfaction will increase when either Pleasure increases or Attachment decreases.

Contemplative Practice

During your day see if you can detect a relationship between resistance and suffering or a relationship between the experience of satisfaction and attachment. What is that relationship?

My first dharma teacher, Shinzen Young, presented a teaching that has helped me to differentiate pain from suffering and to better understand the relationship between the two. This teaching was presented in the form of a mathematical equation.

The equation is: Su=PR2 or Su = P x R x R.

Su symbolizes the word Suffering; P stands for the word Pain; and R stands for Resistance. “Suffering is equal to Pain times Resistance squared.”

This is being provided as a teaching point and is not intended to be an objective scientific formula. Suffering, Pain, and Resistance can be subjectively measured; however, at the present time I know of no objective measurement for these qualities.

From this formula we see that Pain and Suffering are not identical; they are represented by two different symbols. Secondly, we see that Suffering will increase when either Pain increases or Resistance increases. Thirdly, we see that Resistance is a greater contributing factor to suffering than is Pain: Resistance increases Suffering exponentially.

If we were to reduce P by ½ then we would reduce Su by ½ as well. But if we were to reduce R by ½ then we would reduce Su to ¼ its original amount. Decreasing pain can alleviate suffering but decreasing resistance alleviates suffering even more effectively.

So, what is resistance and how do we decrease it?

Resistance is any attempt to obstruct or restrict the experience of life as it unfolds in each moment. Resistance can appear in the body as chronic tension; it can appear in the mind as anger, fear, or condemnation. Resistance can appear in many other ways in both mind and body.

Much of our resistance is unconscious; we are not aware of it. To reduce it we must first become aware of it. If we can become aware of the resistance without judging it, then it will eventually dissipate. It’s also helpful to set the intention to relax and to be open to whatever arises in the present moment.

Releasing resistance means freedom from suffering, even if pain is present. It takes diligence and patience, but the fruit of our practice is awakening to a life of true freedom!

A second equation that Shinzen taught is one that depicts the relationship between pleasure and satisfaction. The equation is: Sa=P/A2 or Sa = P ÷ (A x A)

Sa symbolizes the word Satisfaction; P stands for the word, Pleasure; and A stands for Attachment. “Satisfaction is equal to Pleasure divided by Attachment squared.”

This is being provided as a teaching point and is not intended to be an objective scientific formula. Satisfaction, Pleasure, and Attachment might be measured subjectively, however at the present time I know of no objective measurement for these qualities.

From this formula we see that Satisfaction and Pleasure are not identical; they are represented by two different symbols. One can experience a great deal of pleasure and little true satisfaction. This is quite common in our culture today.

Second, we see that Satisfaction will increase when either Pleasure increases or Attachment decreases. To feel more satisfied, we can seek more pleasure, or we can reduce our level of attachment.

Third, we see that decreasing Attachment contributes more to increasing Satisfaction than does increasing Pleasure. Reducing Attachment increases Satisfaction exponentially. For example, if A is reduced by 50% (i.e., by 1/2) then Sa is increased by 400%; Sa is quadrupled.

Another word for Attachment could be Addiction. Addiction is a strong attachment to some form of pleasure; but addicts are rarely satisfied by the pleasure derived from their addictive substance or behavior. It is the search for the missing satisfaction that compels them to repeat their addictive behavior; and yet the attachment to that pleasure diminishes the very satisfaction which they look for from the pleasant experience.

We can enjoy pleasure without being attached to it – in fact, we enjoy it much more when we are not attached! This idea is portrayed beautifully in William Blake’s poem Eternity:

He who binds to himself a joy
Does the winged life destroy
He who kisses the joy as it flies
Lives in eternity’s sunrise.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
2
-
9

Equanimity and Change

Equanimity means accepting our immediate experience of life in this moment.
When we act from equanimity, we create the opportunity to end suffering

Contemplative Practice

As you practice equanimity notice if you see you changes in your life occurring  in a more harmonious or effortless way.

Mindfulness practice involves two primary intentions: awareness and equanimity. Awareness is a clear, open attention to our present experience. Equanimity means fully accepting our experience in the present moment. Practicing equanimity will eventually end our suffering. (It won’t necessarily eliminate our pain, but it can eliminate the suffering that arises from resisting our pain.)

When I talk about the practice of equanimity someone will usually raise the objection: “But I can’t always accept my experiences! I can’t just sit like a bump on a log or be a doormat for others to trample; sometimes I need to make changes in my life.”

The practice of equanimity is very liberating, but it is often misunderstood, so I will now address this important question of how the practice of equanimity relates to making changes in our life.

Equanimity means accepting our immediate experience of life in this moment.

Equanimity does not necessarily mean accepting someone else’s beliefs or predictions. Equanimity does not necessarily mean accepting our own beliefs or predictions. Equanimity means accepting our immediate experience of life in this moment.

For example, imagine your doctor tells you that you have a particular disease and have only six months to live. Practicing equanimity does not necessarily mean that you believe this prognosis. Equanimity means accepting the fact that you have received this information; and it means accepting all the facets of your response to what you’ve heard. It does not negate the possibility of getting a second opinion. Practicing equanimity does not negate the possibility of remedying the condition.

The only thing we can ever truthfully say about the future is that nobody knows what will occur. Equanimity is not about the future; it is always about the present.

Equanimity does not mean that we are paralyzed in our ability to act; it simply means that our actions arise from a state of equanimity rather than from a state of resistance. With equanimity we act from a clear mind and an open heart rather than from craving or resistance. When we act from suffering, we perpetuate suffering. When we act from equanimity, we create the opportunity to end suffering… that of others as well as our own.

For example, if I believe I have been insulted by another person then I may or may not choose to respond to that person. What’s crucial is that my decision to respond or not to respond arises from equanimity rather than from anger or fear.

From a state of equanimity, if I choose not to respond my choice is based on my belief that a response would not be necessary or helpful at this time. This is vastly different from choosing not to respond because I am afraid or would feel guilty, or because I am spitefully giving someone the “silent treatment.”

Conversely, if I do choose to speak to this person then I would do so with a clear mind and an open heart and without attachment to any particular result. I choose to respond because I believe that it will enhance my relationship with this person and will be beneficial to both of us.

Another example: suppose I experience sensations of hunger in my body. Practicing equanimity does not necessarily mean that I don’t get something to eat to assuage my hunger; but it does mean that I don’t automatically and unconsciously put food in my mouth in response to the hunger. Having equanimity with these sensations in my body allows me to better choose what food (and how much) my body really needs at this time.

As we practice equanimity for a while, we may see an interesting phenomenon occur very often things will change – and usually in a positive way – if we simply allow life to unfold naturally with little intervention on our part. Very often the outcome will be much better than we could have carried out personally with great effort and struggle.

A Taoist might put it thusly:

The Tao of heaven does not strive, and yet it overcomes.

It does not speak, and yet it is answered.

It does not ask, yet it is supplied with all its needs.

It seems at ease, and yet it follows a plan.

Contemplative Practice

As you practice equanimity notice if you see you changes in your life occurring  in a more harmonious or effortless way.

Teaching
2
-
10

Cultivating the Heart

To cultivate compassion, we cultivate the heart.
Hatred never ceases by hatred, but by love alone is healed.
True compassion is not pity and it has no story.

Contemplative Practice

Be aware of your heart throughout the day. Notice when it hardens and when softens. Notice what triggers that change.

To practice the dharma is to cultivate wisdom and compassion. We cultivate wisdom via moment-to-moment awareness. Insight meditation (vipassana) cultivates wisdom. In this teaching I will share some ways to cultivate compassion.

The awakening of the mind and heart is sometimes referred to in Sanskrit as bodhicitta. Bodhi means awakened; citta means mind, but in Pali the term mind includes the heart as well.

To cultivate compassion, we cultivate the heart. The following are five practices that cultivate the heart.

Forgiveness

The first step to forgiveness is to recognize when I feel resentment – or any form of non-forgiveness. It is helpful to periodically take a personal “forgiveness inventory” to see if you are holding resentment toward anyone or anything.

Then see if you want to forgive. Forgiveness must be a clear choice – not an obligation. And it is okay if you are not ready to forgive. If you do choose forgiveness, then see if you can drop the mind’s story about what happened and then feel the resentment in your body. Attachment to our story diverts our attention away from the direct experience of the body.

Be patient; be persistent; it takes as long as it takes. The resentment that we feel often has roots in the past –  in our personal history – and it may take time for all the “tendrils” to be uprooted and dissolved.

Kindness

One way to cultivate kindness is to remember that the word kindness has its origin in the word kin- which means family. If we see everyone as our brother or sister, then it’s natural to be kind.

We cultivate kindness by meeting every person or situation with the question, “How can I help?” This is not about rescuing or fixing; and it’s not about seeking some return favor – it’s simply living in kindness as a spiritual practice.

A practice of loving-kindness, known as metta, is a common Buddhist practice. Here, we envision a series of people standing before us – ranging from our best friend to our worst enemy, and several in between these two extremes. In our minds-eye we bless each person with phrases such as, “May you be well and happy.” (Be sure to include yourself.) We conclude each phrase with this same wish for all beings.

Gratitude

Gratitude, as a spiritual practice, begins by simply appreciating all that is in your life. Appreciating friends, family, freedom, health etc. Gratitude opens the heart and values the preciousness of human life – and of all life.

One form of practice is to periodically list ten things for which you feel grateful. Keep each list and see if you can continue the practice without repeating anything from the prior list. You will then live each moment in a growing awareness of gratitude.

Generosity

In Pali, the word dana means generosity, which is a foundational Buddhist practice. There are no limits to the number of ways to practice generosity. We can give of our time and our talents, as well as of our money or possessions. The practice is to meet each person and each situation in your life with the silent question “What can I give?” Once again, the giving must be with no thought of return.

Compassion

Compassion literally means “to suffer with.” It means to fully open your heart to the suffering of others – as well as to your own. True compassion is not pity and it has no story – no victim story and no resentment and no demand that things be other than as they are.

A Buddhist practice that embodies this is the practice of Tong-Len. This involves sitting with the awareness of some situation of suffering – individual or collective; and then breathing this suffering into your heart.

In this practice, the heart is seen as a cauldron or vessel where all suffering is transmuted into peace, love and the energy of healing. Some envision the suffering as a dark smoke which enters the heart with the in-breath and appears as light and positive energy with each out-breath.

I’ll end with a brief story about Maha Ghosananda, who was considered the Gandhi of Cambodia.

The setting is a UN refugee camp on the border of Cambodia in the later years of the Khmer Rouge genocide: the infamous “killing fields” where nearly two million people died at the hands of the dictator Pol Pot. This camp had 50,000 people crammed together on a horrible, hot, dry rice plain, surrounded by barbed wire –  and it was the camp that had the most underground Khmer Rouge in it.

Ghosananda asked if he could build a Buddhist temple in the central square – just a simple bamboo room and a platform. The UN said OK. So, he and some helpers got materials together, built this temple, and then invited everyone to come. The Khmer Rouge underground said, ‘If anyone goes to this temple, when we get back in Cambodia “you will be shot.”

So, he didn’t know if anyone would come. He went around the camp and rang a bell that morning, just as you would ring a temple bell ….and 25,000 people gathered and filled the square. Maha Ghosananda got up on this little platform –  and looked out at this sea of people. They hadn’t seen a monk in 10 years. (95 percent of the monks in the country were executed, all intellectuals were killed and 19 of the 20 people in Ghosananda’s own family were killed) The faces of trauma and shock and loss were everywhere – what could he say?

He said nothing for a long time. The he began to chant a simple chant that is one of the first verses of the Buddhist teachings. It goes, “Hatred never ceases by hatred, but by love alone is healed.” He chanted it over and over again: Hatred never ceases by hatred, but by love alone is healed. Slowly the voices began to pick up and chant with him….and soon 25,000 people were singing this and weeping… because it had been 10 years since they had heard the Dharma, the Truth, and the Way.

Contemplative Practice

Questions

  1. Why is body awareness an important practice?
  2. Why do we tend to abandon the body and identify with the mind? What are the effects of this?
  3. How is awareness of the mind practiced different from awareness of the body?
  4. What can you do when repetitive thoughts occur?
  5. Why is awareness of desire important?
  6. What is the difference between desire and craving?
  7. Define a “mind state.” Why it is important to be aware of mind states?
  8. What can you do when you are identified with a certain mind state and can’t seem to escape it?
  9. In mindfulness practice, what is the meaning of S=P/R?
  10. Describe four heart centered practices.

Prelude 3

Soon after his enlightenment, the Buddha passed a man on the road who was struck by the extraordinary radiance and peacefulness of the Buddha’s presence. The man stopped and asked,

“My friend, what are you? Are you a god?”

“No,” said the Buddha.

“Well, then, are you some kind of magician or wizard?”

Again, the Buddha answered, “No.”

“Are you a man?”

“No.”

“Well, friend, then what are you?”

The Buddha replied, “I am awake.”

Teaching
3
-
1

Dukkha

Suffering is caused by clinging to that which is impermanent

Contemplative Practice

See if you can experience suffering without taking it personally.  Explore that experience.

In the ancient texts of the Pali Canon the Buddha is often quoted as saying “I teach one thing and one thing only: suffering and the end of suffering.” To some this teaching may appear pessimistic. Many wonder why he focused so single-mindedly on the topic of suffering.

It can be helpful to look at the Pali word from which the English word suffering is translated. That word is dukkha. It has several translations besides the word suffering. Some of these are: dissatisfaction, anxiety, or stress. Some authors simply call it the human condition. By whatever name we use, we are all familiar with it. It is that chronic sense of dissatisfaction and that existential angst that exists at the core of every human ego.

Sometimes we can divert our attention away from this experience. Often, we feel partially satisfied, and sometimes we may be completely satisfied; but that soon disappears and the familiar question, “Is this all there is?” will arise. Sit quietly doing nothing at all for a short while and you will see this ever-present dissatisfaction at work! This is the energy that drives the endless quest for satisfaction, which is a way of life in our culture.

Dukkha (aka the human condition) is not personal; it is not your fault – and no one else is to blame! Once we see this and accept it, it may become more bearable. When we refuse to acknowledge it, it will dominate our life. Accepting the fact that human life is inherently difficult can relieve us of the pressure of trying to hide from it or run away from it. This allows us to live our life more authentically and opens us to more compassion for ourself and for others.

The Buddha’s message is not at all pessimistic; in fact, it is incredibly optimistic. He tells us that it is possible to transcend (trance-end) the human condition and to be unconditionally always satisfied.

One of the many apocryphal stories about his life tells us of a time when he was walking along a road and a passerby noticed his extraordinary countenance. He approached the Buddha: “Pardon me sir, Are you a man?”  The Buddha replied, “No.” “Then, are you a god?” “No.” “Are you a diva or an angel?” “No.” “Then what are you?” The Buddha’s response was, “I am awake.”  

He proved in his own life that it is possible to become more than human; it is possible to become awake. (“Buddha” means The Awakened One).

And how do we do this? Every one of his teachings is a response to that question. These teachings are epitomized in the Four Noble Truths. This teaching tells us that to become free from suffering it is essential to see the causes of suffering. He taught that suffering is caused by clinging to that which is impermanent; this includes all objects, concepts, relationships, conditions, and experiences. He taught that suffering is caused by clinging to the concept of a separate self which is inherently empty of existence. He taught that suffering is caused by clinging to existence itself.

The human mind cries “My God, what else is there?” He never gave us the answer in words, for that would not be possible. But he did give an answer in his life itself. He demonstrated that it is possible to awaken from the human condition and to discover the reality of Being Itself, which is the only thing that will bring true and lasting satisfaction.

Contemplative Practice

See if you can experience suffering without taking it personally.  Explore that experience.

Teaching
3
-
2

Is Suffering Necessary?

Suffering must be experienced in a certain way to be eradicated
Nothing real is ever lost; only our illusions are lost

Contemplative Practice

Practice the experience of pain without suffering.

Is suffering necessary for human beings? I’ve been asked that question many times and I’ve listened to several debates on that topic. It’s an important question if one goes beyond mere speculation and explores it experientially; doing that can lead to liberating insight. So, let’s unpack this question.

First, we need to distinguish between pain and suffering. Let’s look at pain. If one is a sentient being with nerve tissues then pain, as well as pleasure, is inevitable. Humans and most all animal species will experience both pain and pleasure; but suffering is another issue altogether. Pain is biological and impersonal, but suffering is psychological and requires a sense of self. Suffering requires a sufferer.

Suffering is the result of the mind’s response to pain. It’s been said that “pain is a given, but suffering is optional.” Suffering results from our conditioned response to pain. This conditioning is very deep, but it can be erased. It is possible to experience pain – even intense pain – without suffering.

How to experience pain without suffering? The Buddha’s teaching of The Four Noble Truths outlines a program for experiencing both pain and pleasure without suffering. The Second Noble Truth tells us that the cause of suffering is craving (tanha in Sanskrit). The most familiar forms of craving are that of craving pleasure and craving the elimination of pain.

Another way of saying this is “suffering is caused by the mind’s resistance to pain and its addiction to pleasure.” If there is great resistance, then even a tiny amount of pain will cause much suffering. An example is when you have an itch that cannot be scratched. The pain itself is minute, but a great deal suffering may occur. If we are addicted to pleasure, then suffering will occur when the pleasure ceases.

The Third Noble Truth states that suffering can be eliminated by eradicating its cause. Without craving or resistance there is no suffering. Pain without resistance is just another experience; suffering need not be present. The Fourth Noble Truth outlines a prescription for eradicating the cause of suffering; it’s called the Eight-Fold Path.

But paradoxically, the First Noble Truth tells us that “Life is suffering.” This statement implies that suffering is inevitable, not optional. How to understand this apparent contradiction? One way to understand it is to say that “Suffering is not necessary; however, it usually takes a great deal of suffering to realize this!” In other words, suffering must be experienced –  and experienced in a certain way – in order to be eradicated.

We might compare this to an inoculation. To become immune to a certain disease you must experience a small dose of that which causes the disease. (As the poet Rumi puts it, “The antidote is in the venom.”) However, an inoculation requires little conscious awareness to work, while becoming immune to suffering requires a great deal of conscious awareness; it requires deep insight into the cause of suffering.

This insight is called panna in Pali (prajna in Sanskrit). Vipassana (Insight) meditation is the practice of cultivating panna. In Vipassana meditation practice we look deeply into the nature of suffering to clearly see the cause-and-effect relationship between resistance and suffering. This insight does not necessarily make the pain disappear, but the pain is experienced simply as it is –  without the mind’s reaction to it. Pain experienced without resistance is just another transitory phenomenon; just another sensation arising in the body. Pain is then no longer feared or hated. Like all phenomena, it’s recognized as empty and impermanent.

Freedom from suffering results in freedom from attachment to the psychological sense of self. The experience of self – similar to the experience of pain and pleasure – is then seen as just another phenomenon which rises and falls with the changing conditions of life. And when you are no longer attached to the psychological self, you are free to be what you really are: a living embodiment of the Buddha nature.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
3
-
3

No Mud No Lotus

Experience suffering with awareness and without a story
The only way out is the way through

Contemplative Practice

When suffering arises see if you can experience it in a way that eventually ends suffering.

No mud, no lotus.

Just as mud is necessary for a lotus flower to grow, suffering is necessary for spiritual awakening,

Thats what these words generally mean in the Buddhist traditions. In less eloquent terms: “There’s no Wow without the Ow!”

The relationship between suffering and spirituality has long been known—and long been misunderstood. Some believe that suffering itself to be of value. This is true in both in Christianity and in Hinduism.

Throughout history it was not uncommon for some Christians to practice “mortification of the flesh”, which was the practice of punishing the body by suffering as Christ did – and thus show their love for God. This is still practiced today, but usually to a much lesser degree.

When the Buddha left his home and began his quest for enlightenment, he engaged many of the yogic practices that were common at that time. Some of these practices involved extreme asceticism. He would sit for hours under the blazing Indian sun without moving. He survived on only a few grains of rice each day. He became so emaciated that at one time he could touch his stomach and would feel his backbone. He practiced to the point that he fainted--and might have died were it not for the compassion of a young milkmaid who gave him some rice and milk.

The Buddha realized that neither luxurious living nor extreme ascetism were skillful means to awakening; thus, he designated his teaching The Middle Way.

His teachings included the First Noble Truth which states that “Life is dukkha.” One of the common translations of dukkha is “suffering.”

This implies that suffering is inevitable. Yet the Third Noble Truth says that one can become free from suffering.

I often hear the phrase, “Pain is a given, but suffering is optional.” There is much wisdom in this statement – but it implies that suffering is not inevitable.

The resolution to this apparent contradiction lies in the statement: Suffering is not necessary; but it usually takes a considerable amount of suffering to realize this. And we must experience suffering in a certain way to realize that it is not necessary.

That way is to suffer with awareness and without a story.

In this context, a story is a habituated narrative that is unconsciously repeated until we believe it is true. The most compelling story that we have is the one that identifies me. This inner narrative creates, defends, and validates me.

This story of “who I am” begins early in life and for most people it changes very little. It changes little because it is taken to be real.

We may change the story via psychotherapy and personal growth processes. We may become more functional and experience less suffering. But any story is just a story – it is not reality.

To let go of the story of me is very difficult. Letting go of your identity, you may feel like you are “a nobody.” This is painful – and scary. You may feel as if you don’t even exist. Because you cannot function in the world, and you may feel that you have no value.

Once you disidentify with the self that you know, you may encounter another self that has long been submerged in the unconscious. This is often called the shadow. It consists of unfulfilled desires and unacknowledged pain. Ironically, you must own this repulsive self before you can release it.

We must acknowledge and embrace all the those “deplorable” parts of ourself that we are loathe to accept. This takes courage –and patience. You cannot release your identity in one weekend. It is a slow process. There are several “Ows” before the “Wow.”

Remember that nothing real is ever lost; only our illusions are lost.

Although we lose only illusions, when we are identified with these illusions it can feel as if we are losing something very real – me!

It doesn’t last forever; and what before appeared demonic has become my greatest asset. For example, owning my own suppressed rage has transformed it into a sense of personal power and authority. Owning my suppressed sorrow has given me a deep sense of compassion and greater capacity for joy.

And yet, this “new” me is still just a story. It too must go.

Eventually “I” see that life goes much better without a self, and without a story. Every moment is a new birth. Death is a part of life. Loss and gain, pleasure and pain are experienced with no grasping or resistance. Life is lived through me, and this life has no limitations.

Wow!

Contemplative Practice

When suffering arises see if you can experience it in a way that eventually ends suffering.

Teaching
3
-
4

Attachment

The more you practice awareness, the more often you will recognize attachment

Contemplative Practice

Make a list of everything and everyone to which you are attached. Add to that list as you become aware of additional entries.

There is an old joke among dharma teachers that says, “The Buddha was fired from his job as a vacuum cleaner salesman because he lost all his attachments!”

It’s unlikely that the Buddha sold vacuum cleaners, but it’s most likely true that he lost his attachments. The Buddha taught that by giving up attachments’ enlightenment is possible for anyone.

But bad news! You cannot give up your attachments. But good news! Under the right conditions they will give you up. By practicing the dharma, we are creating the right conditions. One of my teachers says that “Enlightenment is an accident; meditation makes you accident prone.”

Let’s talk about right conditions.

The first step is to recognize an attachment. Recognize any attachment to an object, person/persons, belief, identity, or experience. This requires continuous awareness because an attachment tends to keep you unconscious. The more you practice awareness, the clearer and more often you will recognize an attachment.

Recognize craving, aversion, identification, a sense of ownership, or fear of loss. These are all signs that craving is present. Even aversion is a form of craving: craving that something ceases to exist. Any time you feel a sense of “this is mine”, or if you have a fear of losing something or someone, this will indicate some degree of attachment.

I want to emphasize that there should be no moral judgment about attachment. Attachment is not bad or wrong. To say that attachment causes suffering doesn’t mean that it is a “sin. The Buddha simply said that there is a cause-and-effect relationship between attachment and suffering.

We can own stuff in a legal sense; but have no attachment to it. Certainly, we will feel attachment to our children or spouse; this is normal and healthy – up to a point. But watch for possessiveness or identification in these relationships – this is not healthy. Many of us learned to equate love and attachment; they are not the same. Real love includes freedom for both the loved and the lover. Attachment is an obstacle to real love.

The second step is to practice equanimity. Do not try to get rid of craving; be willing to let it be as it is. This may seem strange to the everyday mind that says, “If I don’t like something, I get rid of it.” That will not work to release an attachment.

Releasing attachment is an internal process. You don’t necessarily need to leave your job or your family to become nonattached. However, if some thing or person has become part of your identity, to you it may feel as if you are leaving…or that they are.

Letting go of something to which you are deeply attached may create the feeling that there is a deep hole within yourself. Be willing to feel this hole rather than run away from it or try to fill it with something external. It may be quite painful – but it will heal in time.

In the long term it is more than worth the pain to become free; the bigger the letting go the bigger the freedom. As the master teacher Ajahn Cha would often say, “Let go a little and you have a little freedom. Let go a lot and you have a lot of freedom.”

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
3
-
5

Impermanence

The bad news is that there is nothing you can hold on to
The good news is that there is nothing you need to hold onto

Contemplative Practice

Become aware of all the ways you notice impermanence as you go about your day.

It has been said that the entire Buddhadharma might be summed up into three words: “Not always so.” Perhaps the essence of dharma lies in the realization that there is nothing permanent in this world; the nature of this world is ephemeral. This principle is epitomized in a poetic quote from the Diamond Sutra:

Thus, shall you think of all this fleeting world: A star at dawn, a bubble in a stream; a flash of lightning in a summer cloud, a flickering lamp, a phantom, and a dream.

This was taught by the Buddha about 2500 years ago. Interestingly, this teaching seems to be validated by 21st century quantum science. Today many scientists are referring to the physical universe as a type of hologram; the entire universe seems like “a phantom and a dream.”

This idea can be interesting from an intellectual viewpoint, but from an emotional perspective it can be very distressing. The human psyche craves some ground to stand upon, something solid to hold on to. To not have this sense of solidity can be incredibly stressful; it may feel like we are in a freefall.

Frightened by this fall, we may try to hold on to beliefs, objects, or relationships. But eventually we discover that these too are impermanent; they are freefalling just as we are! We may try to cling to our body and to our personal identity. Human mortality is a constant reminder of impermanence.

The bad news is that there is nothing you can hold on to. The good news is that there is nothing you need to hold onto. Our free fall is an illusion; there is nowhere to fall but into reality itself. Your body will die; but you will survive. Only illusions die.

When I was a child, I experienced falling into deep water and nearly drowning. For many years I was terrified of being in water. I would be in a swimming pool only if I could feel my feet planted firmly on the bottom. But this limited me to the shallow end of the pool; I could not swim in the deep end like most of my friends. I felt quite frustrated and alone. I was a prisoner of my own fear.

A turning point came as I was standing chest deep in water when a friend challenged me to touch my toes. With some trepidation I took a deep breath, bent over, and reached for my toes. To my amazement my feet came up off the bottom! I felt a moment of fear but then I experienced my body floating in the water – with no effort on my part. It was wonderful.

By letting go of clinging to the bottom I learned to trust the water and eventually became a very proficient swimmer. I experienced what I most wanted, which was freedom and safety. And I discovered that safety came from letting go rather than from holding on.

When we open to the experience of fear rather than push it away, we discover that fear itself is impermanent. Fear is just another experience –  and every experience is impermanent. And as we open fully to the reality of impermanence, we can discover that which never changes. We discover that every experience always occurs here and now; it is always in the present moment.

You, the one who knows, is present in each moment. The one who knows is present in every experience. This presence is not impermanent; it does not change. The poet T.S. Eliot called this the “still point.”

At the still point of the turning world. Neither flesh nor fleshless;
Neither from nor towards; at the still point, there the dance is,
But neither arrest nor movement.
And do not call it fixity,
Where past and future are gathered. Neither movement from nor towards,
Neither ascent nor decline. Except for the point, the still point,
There would be no dance, and there is only the dance.

Everything in this world is impermanent; it’s all a dance. Deep realization of this brings us home to the still point: the eternal presence in every moment.

Contemplative Practice

Become aware of all the ways you notice impermanence as you go about your day.

Teaching
3
-
6

No-Self?

Experience does not require a self
Experience and reality are not the same

Contemplative Practice

During your day, be aware of when you have a sense of self—and notice when you do not.

The history of Western civilization is fundamentally the story of the evolution of the self. If you lived in Europe around 1500 you would consider yourself as being a link in the Great Chain of Being originating from God to the angels to humans to animals to vegetation to minerals.

Within the human dimension this was reproduced as a chain-of-command from the pope to the king to the nobility to the landlords to the peasantry. This chain was repeated inside the home as a hierarchy starting with the father, then mother, then male children, then female children then the animals. The term “A mans home is his castle” (which I often heard growing up in the 1940’s) alludes to this medieval notion that a man was king in his own home.

In the early 16th century, Europe saw the emergence of global exploration, of artistic expression, and of challenges to the spiritual authority of the Church. In the 17th century we see the emergence of scientific empiricism, of philosophy, and of mathematics. In the 18th century we see the resurgence of democracy in a more robust form than in ancient Greece; democracy blossomed in France and America almost simultaneously.

With the rise of democracy, the self becomes supreme, and a government was created to protect the rights of the individual. Government was to serve the people, the converse of what had been throughout most of recorded history. The individual was commissioned master of his own destiny.

But now in the 21st century Western world many have adopted a spiritual practice that teaches there is no self. This can be difficult to swallow if we don’t understand the true meaning of no-self (anatta).  

The Buddha taught there is no permanent entity that we can call a “self.” The word “anatta” is a Pali word that means “no soul.” He taught that an essential part of the Dharma is to “not cling to (identify with) anything as the self.”

When I first read about this teaching, it seemed absurd. It certainly seems as if there is a self. This self makes choices, generates ideas, and is necessary for survival in the physical world. We experience life on this planet from the perspective of the self. All of this seems self-evident.

But experience and reality are not the same. The Buddha would say that the self is a construct created by the mind’s identification with experience. We believe that every experience must have a subject that has the experience. But the Buddha says, “Not so”. Contrary to the prevailing belief of our time, experience does not require a self.

Through clear observation we can see that we have many types of experience: thinking, hearing, seeing etc. but we will never experience the self that is having them. Try looking at who it is that is looking. The self is always the subject and never the object.

Awareness does not require a subject in which to be aware. When we say, “it’s raining.” What is it that is raining? The rain is raining. There is no self making it rain and there is no self who decided that it will rain. Nature happens. No one makes it happen. Only in the human world do we believe that “Nothing happens until someone makes it happen.”

However, if I am stopped by a police officer for speeding, it may not work to try to convince him that “it just happened” and that there is no one responsible. We live in a world where it is necessary to have a self – or at least pretend to have one.

A skillful means might be to consider self as an activity rather than an object – a verb rather than a noun. Like a river, self may be considered a noun – an entity –  even though we know that it is a verb – an activity. Another example is fire. Fire is a phenomenon of nature that occurs under certain conditions and ceases to exist when those conditions are no longer present. Fires “live” and “die” based on certain conditions. All of this could apply to the self as well.

We are bi-valent beings. And in the world, we are responsible for our decisions and our actions. We live as if the sun rises in the east and sets in the west – although we know that it doesn’t. We can do something similar with the self. We are playing an enigmatic game called “being human.” We are spiritual beings having a human experience – and it’s important to acknowledge both aspects of our nature.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
3
-
7

Self and No-Self

We can never experience the source of awareness

Contemplative Practice

Periodically during your day stop and ask, “Who am I?”; “Who is doing this [activity]?” (Don’t look for an answer, just sense your body as you ask the question.)

The most puzzling of all the Buddhist teachings is the teaching on anatta or not-self. It’s often heard said that Buddhism teaches that “There is no self;” but the Buddha himself never said this. When asked if the self existed or not, he simply refused to answer. He shunned all metaphysical speculation in favor of his teachings that supported liberation from suffering. To that end, the Buddha simply said, “Cling to nothing as self.”  

But today most of us identify with the experience of the mind and the body. We experience sensations, thoughts, emotions, desires, and we “cling to them as self.” We live as if “I am this body, and I am these thoughts, emotions, and desires. The Buddha said that this identification (clinging) inevitably results in suffering.

One might well ask, “Then who am I?” The Buddha might say “Explore this question with direct experience. Explore each moment’s experience by being aware of every thought, sensation, emotion, desire, sound, and image that arises.” If we do this, the question inevitably arises: “Who is it that is aware?

But soon we see that we can never experience the source of awareness. That which is aware is never the object of awareness because it is always the subject; it is the very source of awareness itself. Like a great flashlight, it can shine its light upon anything…except itself!

As we explore the objects of awareness (e.g., thoughts, sensations, emotions) we see that they are always changing. Our experiences are a stream of consciousness, much like a flowing river that is constantly changing. Attempting to cling to any of it is like trying to capture the river in a bucket; once the water is in the bucket, it is no longer the river.

But we can (and do) capture the concept of “a river.” Although the river itself constantly changes our concept of “river” can remain fixed and unchanging. Likewise, although the direct experience of self constantly changes, my concept of self can remain fixed and unchanging. I then perceive “me” to be a fixed entity amidst a swirl of ever-changing experiences.

A concept can be useful when it is consciously used to communicate with others. Rather than going to a river and pointing to it, I can use the term Missouri River to “point to it” in a virtual sense. Likewise, a concept of self can be functional in my thinking and communication in everyday life. I can use it as a skillful means without clinging to it as a metaphysical reality.

As an analogy, I may refer to the sun as, “rising in the east and setting in the west.” I can use this term metaphorically and at the same time know that this is not completely true. I may know there is a larger reality – a “much bigger picture”; knowing this may not change how I live my everyday life, but it certainly gives me greater world view – I now see my life in a larger context.

Likewise, the realization of not-self may seem to change little in the circumstances of my everyday life, yet my life is lived in a vastly different context. We could say that “nothing changes, and yet everything changes.” As the Zen proverb tells us, “Before enlightenment: chop wood; carry water; after enlightenment: chop wood; carry water.”

Contemplative Practice

Periodically during your day stop and ask, “Who am I?”; “Who is doing this [activity]?” (Don’t look for an answer, just sense your body as you ask the question.)

Teaching
3
-
8

There is No Self – and It Won’t Go Away!

From the Buddhist perspective thinking does not arise out of personal volition
Anatta tells us that you are is too vast to be confined to an individual self.

Contemplative Practice

Throughout your day be aware of the self as it appears and disappears.

The title of this talk is rather enigmatic and somewhat self-contradictory. This is intentional because the self itself is enigmatic and self-contradictory. All you need to do is to pay attention to your thoughts, emotions, speech and behavior for a brief time and you will see there is not just one “I” but many “I” s inside of you!

Almost every desire that arises soon meets the opposite desire. You want that doughnut – and at once the desire to be slim and healthy arises. A struggle ensues… and one side seems to win…for now. This experience is well known to all of us; it happens countless times a day!

Within this temple there is a crowd.

There is one of us that’s humble.

And there’s one of us that’s proud.

One is repentant for his sins,

The other simply sits and grins.

From so much trouble I would be free

If I only knew, which one is me!

So, who am I really?

The Buddhists tell me there is no self. But when the French philosopher René Descartes asked this question, he arrived at a quite different answer.

He began his inquiry by doubting his own existence. He asked, “How do I know that I exist? He concluded that if he did not exist, he would not have been able to ask that question. By the very fact that he could think, he came to conclude that, “I think, therefore I am.”

This has been a core belief of our Western culture for the last four centuries. We identify with our thoughts; and when these thoughts arise, we assume (as did Descartes) that there must be a thinker creating those thoughts; and that I am that thinker.

From the Buddhist perspective thinking does not arise out of personal volition. Thoughts arise when certain conditions are present –  just as rain appears when conditions are just right. Different conditions, and we may have wind, sleet, or snow. The same is true with emotions, desires, and the sensations you feel in your body. They all arise when certain conditions are present and disappear when those conditions are not present.

Your sense of self also rises under certain conditions. A student in the classroom may be looking out the window and be completely lost in the beauty and the vastness of the sky. There is no sense of self. Then the teacher calls the student’s name. Suddenly, a sense of self arises –  perhaps an anxious self, or an embarrassed self!

Your experience of self may be nonexistent, or it may be very strong. There is no permanent sense of self. Self is an activity rather than a thing. You could think of it as a verb rather than as a noun.

The word “fist” is a noun. It is usually seen as a “thing.” But that object called “fist” is impermanent; it can disappear before your very eyes! A fist is an activity – it is something that you do, rather than something you have.

Another example is that of a wave on the ocean. A wave is an activity of the ocean. A wave is a thing that occurs under certain conditions, and it is impermanent. Self may be like a wave. Perhaps the universe is like the ocean, and you are a wave. We may be the universe “self-ing” in the ocean of space-time.

The concept of no-self may be a real turnoff for some individuals. They may feel as if they are being told that we don’t exist –  but quite the opposite is true. No-self means that you do not exist permanently as a finite limited self, but rather you exist because you are existence itself. No-self says that what you are is too vast and too deep to be confined to an individual self.

I invite you to recall times when you have felt immense joy or ecstasy, when you felt peace, when you felt love. Remember times when you were very happy just being alive. What was your sense of self like then? Most likely there was little or no sense of self!

Conversely, think of a time when you were suffering, when you were struggling, when you were not happy. What was your sense of self like then? Most likely you felt a strong sense of self.

When we refer to being “self-conscious,” we’re usually referencing a rather painful experience. Conversely, when we talk about having no self-consciousness, we usually mean that we are feeling authentic and free. The great paradox is that when you are no-self – you are truly yourself!

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
3
-
9

The Hindrances

Delusion can take three primary forms: unconsciousness (dullness), agitation (restlessness) and doubt
The hindrances dissolve when you see them clearly and directly as they are

Contemplative Practice

A useful meditation is to simply recognize and name each hindrance as it arises.

An essential part of the Buddha’s teaching was awareness of mental states, especially awareness of mental states that lead to suffering. He taught that suffering was caused by craving (greed), aversion (hatred) and delusion (ignorance). He taught that delusion could take three primary forms: unconsciousness (sloth), agitation (worry) and doubt. These five mental states became known as the Five Hindrances. We will explore each of them.

Craving (also referenced as greed or clinging)

Craving could be defined as the physical and mental grasping for some experience that does not exist in the present moment. It may be grasping for some physical, emotional, mental or spiritual experience; or it may be grasping for some external possession, relationship or circumstance. No matter how it is defined, we all know what craving feels like!

It’s said that in rural India monkeys are sometimes caught by placing food inside of a gourd that is tied to a stake in the ground. The opening of the gourd is large enough for the monkey to slip its hand in but is small enough that once the monkey has made a fist, he cannot extract it. So, the monkey is trapped unless he is willing to let go. However, it seems that letting go does not occur as an option to the monkey, so he remains trapped by his grasping. How often do we do the same thing – only in a different way!

Aversion (also referenced as hatred)

Aversion could be defined as resistance to an experience that is present in the body, in the mind, or in our life conditions. Once again, the experience is easier to recognize than to describe; it’s that mental state that says, GO AWAY!  Craving and aversion are often intermingled. Aversion to an experience is simply craving that it ceases. For this reason, in some of the teachings the term craving includes aversion.

The hindrance of unconsciousness is also referred to as sloth or sinking mind. In our sitting meditation it can appear as sleepiness or drowsiness. In our everyday life it can appear as dullness and spaciness, or as daydreaming and fantasizing. Indulgence in intoxicants and mindless entertainment will exacerbate this hindrance.

The hindrance of agitation is also referenced as worry or restlessness. In its mental form it is often called “the monkey mind.” Agitation is characterized by an inability to sustain concentration; it’s a state of continuous distraction. This condition is endemic in our culture today and is catalyzed by our addiction to the cell phone and the internet. Our minds are becoming habituated to distraction.

Doubt

Doubt is the hindrance behind any belief or thought that our spiritual practice is not worth the effort. It can appear in subtle forms such as becoming “too busy” to practice or telling ourselves that “I’m too scattered” or “I just don’t feel up to it.” It can also appear as questioning if our practice is “doing any good.” If it is not recognized it’s the hindrance that can most effectively stop our practice in its tracks. Anytime you find yourself wanting to skip or shortchange your spiritual practice, be on the alert for this hindrance.

How can we overcome these hindrances? In one sense we should not even try because any effort to “destroy” them only makes them stronger. The hindrances tend to dissolve on their own when we see them clearly and directly as they are. This is because the hindrances are rooted in delusion and the only way to overcome delusion is to wake up to reality – to see things as they really are. And thus, we practice Insight Meditation (vipassana) to see things as they really are; we look at each experience with clear, direct awareness and with complete equanimity. The recognition of an illusion is the first step toward the experience of reality. The mind that recognizes delusion is not deluded.

It’s very important to not perceive the recognition of a hindrance as a mistake or as something wrong. It’s perhaps more appropriate to feel a sense of happiness because we have recognized something heretofore hidden and that recognition itself is the first step to freedom. The apparent bad news is in fact good news!

A useful meditation is to simply recognize and name each hindrance as it arises. We can do this sitting on our cushion or active in our daily life. Again, it’s very important to not create any stories or judgments about any of them but to objectively see and name each of them as they arise. This practice will open the door to freedom.

Contemplative Practice

A useful meditation is to simply recognize and name each hindrance as it arises.

Teaching
3
-
10

Taking Refuge

When you engage in spiritual practice it’s crucial to identify where you are seeking refuge
We need the support of community when we hit the “hard spots”

Contemplative Practice

During your day notice and name (if you can) the false refuges that you habitually seek.

What does it mean to take refuge? This phrase is associated with a process in which one takes refuge in the Buddha, the Dharma, and the Sangha. It is a widespread practice in Buddhism but is quite applicable to any spiritual practice because we’re always “taking refuge” in something –  whether we know it or not.

We take refuge in that which we most fundamentally trust. A young child will take refuge in her parents. An adolescent will take refuge in his peer group. As adults we may take refuge in our family or spouse, in our social roles, or in our possessions. But virtually all of us in the modern world take refuge in the mind; we take refuge in our perceptions and in our beliefs. Our identity and our sense of reality are rooted in these beliefs.

When we engage in a spiritual practice it’s crucial to identify where we are taking refuge. What is it that we most deeply trust? Do we always trust the mind? Do we always believe the teacher? Do we always believe the ancient texts or scriptures? What is our guide for knowing what is true and real?

In the Buddhist practice of taking refuge in the Buddha, the Dharma, and the Sangha, it usually means taking refuge in our own Buddha nature, taking refuge in the dharma practice, and taking refuge in the community of dharma practitioners. In Christian traditions it can mean taking refuge in Christ (or in our own Christ nature), in the Gospel, and in the Church. In a Twelve Step recovery program it can mean taking refuge in one’s Higher Power, in working the Twelve Steps, and in regular attendance at meetings.

The archetypal pattern for the Refuges (in any form) is that of an internal ideal / authority (that may be exemplified in some human being –  living or historical), a set of teachings, principles and practices, and a community of practitioners that can supply both support and accountability.

Spiritual practice involves turning to a source of truth beyond the conditioned mind. We must be able to resist the reactive patterns of the conditioned mind. It can be helpful to also have an external authority: someone in whom you trust and is able to provide you with guidance when you lose touch with your internal authority. This individual does not replace your own internal authority but should be someone who can guide you back to it.

Ideally, the teachings and practices we follow are relevant to the full spectrum of developmental levels from beginner through advanced practitioner, otherwise the practice is of benefit to only a narrow segment of practitioners: beginners may be unable to understand the teachings or experienced yogis may find themselves limited or stifled by the narrowness of the practice.

It’s also important that our practice has a broad spectrum of application in our life so that we can engage in the practice as often as possible. Otherwise, our practice is relegated to a ritual that is not useful within the mainstream of our everyday life.

The community (sangha) is important in spiritual practice for many reasons. Humans are social beings; we rarely make significant changes in isolation –  we need the support of others. We need the support of the community when we hit the “hard spots”  –  as we inevitably will. We need to hear from those that have “been there” and have journeyed the path before us and can give us needed assurance and encouragement.

We also need a community to hold us accountable. It is incredibly easy for us to fall into self-deception; the ego is very wily and seductive. The cultural paradigm in which we live does not support spiritual practice, and without a community to reinforce our practice it is quite easy to succumb to our embedded cultural conditioning.

Whatever your spiritual practice is, be clear about where you take refuge. In what do you trust most deeply? What is your highest ideal or authority? What teachings / principles / practices do you follow? Do they work for you? What is your spiritual community? Does it support you as needed? Does it hold you accountable as necessary?

In this era where spirituality is often unassociated with a formal religious tradition it is particularly important for us to support ourselves the structures historically provided by religious tradition. Today in the West we are involved in a grand experiment that integrates spirituality and the secular world in a way as never seen before. We are sailing in uncharted waters. I encourage you to stay awake and to enjoy the journey – but watch out for the shoals!

Contemplative Practice

Questions

  1. Describe each of the Five Hindrances.
  2. What is the difference between pain and suffering? Are they inevitable in human life?
  3. What are some of the English translations of Dukkha? How can one overcome this condition?
  4. Briefly explain each of the Four Noble Truths.
  5. What does it mean to consider self as a noun rather than a verb?
  6. What does it mean to take refuge in the Buddha, Dharma the Sangha? Why is this important?
  7. What does the term Nirvana mean? Can one attain this state?
  8. What is impermanence? Explain how it can be seen as both “good news” and “bad news”?
  9. How does one overcome craving, clinging and attachment?
  10. Does no-self mean nonexistence? What is the difference?

Prelude 4

In 1959, Dr Carl Jung was interviewed by a BBC journalist who asked him several questions. One of the many questions asked was “Do you believe in God?”

Dr Jung seemed a bit embarrassed when he said, “Believe? … That’s hard to say… I don’t need to believe… I know.”

Teaching
4
-
1

Psychotherapy and Spiritual Practice

A common denominator of psychotherapy and spiritual practice is the admonition to “Know thyself.”
Psychotherapy and spirituality can be mutually supportive if we understand the purpose of each.

Contemplative Practice

Try to gain a clear understanding of similarities and differences between spiritual practice and psychotherapy. Be aware of when you are getting them confused.

Many individuals who practice meditation and contemplative prayer are also involved in psychotherapy; this often precipitates questions about the relationship between the two of these disciplines. “Can one grow spiritually without ever having psychotherapy?” “Does psychotherapy enhance meditation practice or vice versa? “Can meditation be considered a form of psychotherapy?”

Some authors see psychology and spirituality as simply unusual parts of a broad spectrum of consciousness, while others see these two practices as largely unrelated. Most psychologists encourage meditation as a support for psychological growth, while a few others see meditation as a potential obstacle to psychological development.

Traditionally, in the East spiritual practice has been emphasized with little attention given to psychological development. In the post-modern West, the opposite is true; it would seem that for many in our culture psychology has replaced spirituality as the primary pathway to happiness. In our mainstream culture psychological wholeness is usually seen as the highest stage of human development.

We do not have the space to explore all the ramifications of this issue so I will focus specifically on the practical aspects of these questions. A clear understanding of the potentialities and the limitations of both psychotherapy and spiritual practice is especially important for all spiritual practitioners.

There are many forms of psychotherapy and many forms of spiritual practice, so it is unwise to make too many generalizations about either one. What is important is to understand the intention of each discipline to see if they are mutually supportive or not.

A common denominator of psychotherapy and spiritual practice is the admonition to “Know thyself.” Most forms of psychotherapy and spiritual practice have an intention of increasing self-awareness; from this perspective these disciplines are mutually supportive.

Another common denominator might be that of “impulse containment.” Both disciplines usually encourage the recognition of impulses and desires without unconsciously acting them out. If one is encouraged to act upon his or her desires, then it should be done consciously and with clear intention.

The biggest difference between psychotherapy and spiritual practice is the nature of the self that is being considered. In psychotherapy the concept of self usually references the personal self or the ego. We could say that most forms of psychotherapy are designed to strengthen the ego.

With most spiritual practice the self addressed is a transcendent self – something far beyond the personal sense of self. The general intention of spiritual practice is to dissolve attachment to the ego. The ego is seen as something that we have rather than as what we are.

In this regard these two disciplines seem to work at cross-purposes with one another. As one student said to me, “My psychotherapist is working to strengthen my ego and my spiritual teacher is committed to dissolving it!”

This clear dilemma need not be problematic if we understand the right function of the ego and the right relationship between these two disciplines.

We need a healthy ego to function in the world, and yet ultimately the ego is not who we are. Psychotherapy can help us to heal and strengthen the ego.

Spiritual practice can help us realize that we are more than the ego.

Much the same could be said about the physical body: we need to have a minimally healthy body to function in the world and yet we are more than the physical body. A healthy body is helpful in our spiritual practice, which in turn can help us see that we are more than the body itself. When we are ill or in great pain it is more difficult to realize this because all that we are aware of is the body and its discomfort.

In similar fashion, a healthy ego can help us realize that we are more than the ego itself. When we experience emotional turmoil or mental instability it is much more difficult to see this because all that we are aware of is our psychological distress.

Psychotherapy and spiritual practice can be mutually supportive if we have a clear understanding of the intention and purpose of each, and of their proper relationship. All too often we try to use one to do what the other is designed to do! For example, we may be trying to use spiritual practice to avoid issues that may need to be addressed in psychotherapy. We can try to use our spiritual practice as a form of escape. (This is sometimes referred to as “the spiritual bypass.”)

Conversely, I have met many individuals who are frustrated with psychotherapy because it does not address their deeper spiritual needs.

Psychotherapy can be immensely helpful, but it alone can take us only so far.

Also, I have seen psychotherapeutic interventions used to treat spiritual emergencies. These interventions are often unsuccessful, and when they do seem to work, they simply mask the symptoms while leaving the real issue unaddressed.

My general advice (for those who want it) is to find a psychotherapist who has a clear understanding of the nature and the purpose of spiritual practice, and to find a spiritual teacher who is psychologically literate and able to discern when psychotherapeutic intervention may be called for.

We are blessed to live in an era when we have access to both powerful disciplines; yet this opportunity emphasizes the need for wisdom to use each of them effectively.

Contemplative Practice

Try to gain a clear understanding of similarities and differences between spiritual practice and psychotherapy. Be aware of when you are getting them confused.

Teaching
4
-
2

Jung, Buddha, and the Riverboat Gambler

To transcend we must also include.
“To study the self is to dissolve the self.”

Contemplative Practice

Gain a clear understanding of “letting go—but not too soon.” Know how this relates to the principle: “Transcend and include.”

Let’s explore how some of the primary teachings of Dr. Carl Jung, the Buddha, and “The Riverboat Gambler” can be valuable guidelines for you to follow on your journey of awakening.

We’ll begin with Jung, who wrote “One does not become enlightened by imagining figures of light, but by making the darkness conscious.”  The term “darkness” refers to the shadow, the repressed aspects of the psyche. To paraphrase Jung: You cannot become enlightened by focusing exclusively on the light (the overtly spiritual), you must confront the shadow.

The shadow holds memories that were at one time conscious but have been repressed into the unconscious, so you no longer remember them. There are two primary reasons why you might repress an experience into the unconscious. One reason is that an experience may be too painful or too frightening to bear. For example, childhood trauma or abuse is often repressed when it becomes too painful to remember. To quote author Kurt Vonnegut, “The museums in children’s minds…automatically empty themselves in times of utmost horror – to protect the children from eternal grief.”

A second reason that repression can occur is that an experience may contradict the image of who you believe yourself to be; it may challenge your identity –  “This is not me!”  For example, if you are convinced that you are not an angry person, then when intense anger arises, it's likely to get repressed very quickly.  You deny it –  and then you deny that you’ve denied it!

Let's turn to our next sage: the Buddha. A central theme of his teachings was, “Cling to nothing as self.” This would appear to be the opposite of shadow work; and it is, to a degree. But it does not necessarily contradict Jung’s statement. If employed wisely, these two processes can complement one another.

Shadow work is the process of reclaiming parts of self that are regarded as not me (repression) and make them me. In contrast, Buddhist practice consists of seeing parts of self that you call me and discovering that – in reality – this is not me.

Shadow work enables you to become a fully functioning human being. Dharma practice enables you to realize that you are infinitely more than human. We could say that shadow work can help reveal who you really are, while Dharma practice can help reveal what you really are.

Do you need to become a fully functioning human being to become enlightened? There are different opinions on this, but the consensus seems to be “No, however you must develop a minimal level of wholeness before enlightenment can be fully realized." If there are developmental deficiencies in the ego, then these deficiencies must be addressed to build a foundation for Dharma practice.

In Dharma practice you release identification with the self that you’ve worked so hard to become – but don’t release it too soon! If you practice nonidentification when you still have unrecognized repressed parts of self in the shadow, then Dharma practice may lead to further repression rather than nonidentification. This can be a form of spiritual bypassing.

For example, if you have repressed anger and are sitting at a Dharma retreat when strong feelings of anger arise, you may respond by wanting to disidentify from the anger, when you really need to own the anger as part of you. You must see this anger as part of yourself and take responsibility for how you respond to it. If you try to disidentify from it, then you may simply be strengthening your repression of it by believing this is “not me”.

In practice, nonidentification tends to happen organically as you meet each experience with awareness and acceptance. As you become aware of everything that you perceive as me, you begin to see that it is not me, but is simply the rising and falling of diverse types of experience. Thus, Zen Master Dogen’s quote: “To study the self is to dissolve the self.”

You need to embrace all parts of the self before you can transcend the self.

To transcend you must include. To become the beautiful butterfly, you must first be a healthy caterpillar. To become the enlightened Buddha, you must first become a complete Susan, John, or Sally.

How do we know when to embrace and when to let go? This is where we call upon the Riverboat Gambler. “You gotta know when to hold ‘em, and you gotta know when to know when to fold ‘em.” This “knowing” comes from intuition and experience.

There is no perfect formula, but a good general rule is as follows: If you are attached to something, then it's time to “fold ‘em;” i.e., release what you are clinging to. If you are resisting something, then it's time to “hold ‘em;” i.e., embrace what you are rejecting.

We live in an age where we have powerful tools available to us in the form of Dharma teachings and Western psychology. It is wise to engage both disciplines, but it's very important to see the right relationship between the two, and to practice them in the right order, at the right time.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
4
-
3

The Holotropic Psyche

Your psyche is Holotropic: it naturally moves toward wholeness.
Break open and become what you are destined to be!

Contemplative Practice

Become aware of your projections. Explore any judgments or strong reactions you have under various conditions.

Plants are heliotropic; that is, they naturally move toward sunlight.

Your psyche is Holotropic: it naturally moves toward wholeness.

Long ago humans discovered that the body had a natural tendency to heal. But only in the past 150 years did we discover (or rediscover) that the human psyche also has a natural propensity to heal.

CG Jung was the first in the modern West to see that not only does the psyche have a natural tendency to heal but also that the psyche is always trying to move into a greater degree of wholeness.

He saw every psychological malady as an attempt by the psyche to heal itself. Every apparent problem was seen as an opportunity for greater wholeness rather than as something broken and needing to be fixed.

An acorn strives to become an oak tree because that is its destiny. Likewise, the psyche strives to express greater wholeness because that is its destiny.

Jung saw that our social conditioning tends to split the psyche into factions of “good and bad” or “right and wrong”  – and these two polarities are forever at war with one another. He saw that the pain of this war is itself an attempt to heal; all internal opposition was seen as an opportunity to transform into a reunion at a higher level. To him healing is not simply a restoration, but a transformation into a greater level of wholeness.

John was raised to be polite, nice, and always a good boy. Anger was simply not allowed in his family of origin. But at forty he began to experience depression, ulcers and felt very “unsatisfied” with his life. Psychotherapy helped him identify a great deal of suppressed anger, especially at his father. He had difficulty admitting that he was angry; this generated a great deal of anxiety in him.

This is an example of two psychological archetypes working in a compensatory relationship – specifically, the persona-shadow interaction. John was living the only life he knew: the self he was conditioned to be (the persona)  –  but it was only a half-life. His psyche sought wholeness by pushing his repressed life (shadow) into consciousness. His shadow was revealing itself in the various symptoms that he was experiencing. His persona felt threatened by the admission that he was inwardly very angry. This was unwelcome news to John (the persona), but it was an opportunity to bring him into a greater degree of wholeness –  to a higher level of functioning. It did this by forcing him to look at his repressed, unlived life (the shadow).

To the degree that he resists and tries to hold on to his limited identity he will suffer. To the extent that he can learn to make friends with his shadow he will move toward greater wholeness.

Accepting his shadow does not mean acting out his anger in a harmful way. It means learning to recognize and feel his anger more consciously and learn to direct it into other channels that are nonharmful or even creative and productive. It means learning to recognize what he really needs and find healthy ways to get those needs met. It means finding healthy ways to set boundaries without attacking others.

To do this John will need to feel the pain of the unmet needs of his childhood and to value and love himself in ways that his parents did not. The eventual result will be having greater personal power by becoming more responsible for himself, keeping healthy boundaries, and allowing more intimacy in his life. John will have much greater access to those aspects of his psyche that were buried within his shadow. He will live a much richer life.

Our pain reveals an opportunity to become more than we have been. It is nature’s way of reminding us that we are more than we believe we are. If we understand this, then we suffer less because we can start to learn from our pain rather than seeing it as something broken that needs to be repaired.

The oak tree forever calls to the acorn: Break open and become what you are destined to be!

Contemplative Practice

Become aware of your projections. Explore any judgments or strong reactions you have under various conditions.

Teaching
4
-
4

The Power of the Archetype

Archetypes are the inherited patterns of perception by which we understand our world.
Archetypes are both within us and beyond us.
The “Drama Triangle” archetypes are the Victim, the Villain, and the Rescuer.

Contemplative Practice

Become aware of archetypes in stories, movies, books. Become aware of archetypes within yourself.

Sigmund Freud is credited with developing our modern concept of the unconscious. Carl Jung went a step further to differentiate between the personal unconscious and a collective unconscious. The personal unconscious is the repository of our personal history; it is unique to each of us. The collective unconscious is the repository of human history; it is the same in every individual.

Within the collective lies our instincts which are patterns of behavior that we have inherited from our deep past. Also in the collective are archetypes which are the inherited patterns of perception by which we understand our world. These too are developed from our deep history.

Although each of us has the same archetypes within the collective unconscious these archetypes are not necessarily at the same degree of development within every individual. Those who have a mature development of an archetype will express it differently than one who has less development.

Let us take the Warrior archetype as an example. The Warrior in its less mature development will typically be expressed in some form of aggression or violence. Warlords and gang leaders are such examples. Examples of the mature development of the Warrior are seen in social reformers such as Gandhi or ML King.

In each case the Warrior qualities of strength, determination, courage, and discipline are expressed, but in diverse ways. As individuals we can learn to consciously tap into the power of the archetype. We can use the power of the Warrior to protect ourselves, to set personal boundaries, to develop the discipline and focus needed to complete a difficult task and to boldly act when necessary.

Archetypes are both within us and beyond us. They deeply impact our collective culture. To the degree that we are unconscious the archetype will use us to express its energy. Mob violence is an example: individuals act in ways they would never consider acting if they were alone.

Whenever we see someone to be having qualities that we adore or despise – qualities we believe to be absent within ourselves –  we may be seeing through the projection of our own unconscious archetype. We do not see the other as a unique person but as a projection of our disowned self; we see our own unrecognized and unlived life projected onto another person or group. Leaders of social movements know how to use the power of the archetype. Adolph Hitler’s amazing degree of influence over the German people is a classic example of the incredible power given to someone who carries an archetypal projection.

Closer to home, most all of us have experienced falling in love. After falling in love, we feel wonderfully exhilarated because we have met the reflection of our own unacknowledged love; we momentarily feel the joy of wholeness. But alas, we do not recognize it as our own love but rather as the magical presence of another person. Realty eventually sets in, and we see our beloved as a mere mortal – another human being. We can then choose to love the other as they really are, or we can move on in search of another person to carry our projection.

We often see constellations (families) of archetypes working together as a team. A classic example is that of the Drama Triangle. Every story reflects this constellation in some way. Novelists, screenwriters, and playwrights use these archetypes very often. Politicians know this one as well. It is played out in family systems, religions, and organizations everywhere.

The Drama Triangle consists of three archetypes that are interdependent – they work as a team. These archetypes are Victim, Villain, and Rescuer. Most conflicts – from marital squabbles to international disputes –  use this Triangle (or more accurately, are used by it.)

The Victim feels powerless. He often believes that has been wounded or unjustly used in some way. The Victim is often quite angry, but typically does not show it – or even know it. He often fantasies calling upon a Rescuer to “get even” with the Villain. (You cheated me! I’m going to call my lawyer and put you in jail!) Victims can carry resentment for a long time.

The Villain rarely sees himself as a villain. He is just “going about his business” or may even believe that she was victimized and is simply “serving justice.” The Villain may secretly enjoy this role because it holds considerable power over the Victim.

The Rescuer usually enjoys the power of his role more openly. He is the “Knight in Shining Armor.” He too usually enjoys considerable power. He has the potential to vanquish the Villain and to rescue the Victim. Justice is served!

What’s interesting is that these three archetypes can readily change actors! It’s not unusual for the Victim in one scenario to become the Villain in the next, and vice versa. A man may be a Rescuer in his professional life, while his angry wife sees him as the Villain, and herself as the Victim. Yet he may see her as the Villain, and himself as Victim! They may both visit their pastor (Rescuer) for counseling – and will present two vastly different stories. (The wise counselor will see neither as Victim nor Villain, but as two human beings trying to love each other as best they can.)

We frequently project the Drama Triangle onto the world around us. We project this onto politicians, public figures, contemporary events. (As you see or hear the news of the day notice how easy it is to see it through the eyes of the Triangle.) When someone is seen through the lens of an archetype, they become bigger than life and often have an inordinate amount of power bestowed upon them – for good or for ill. (E.g., athletes, politicians, movie stars)

If someone (person or nation) is identified with the Victim and a Villain is not readily available, then we will create one; this is the Scapegoat. (Someone must be the Villain to complete the triangle.)

All the above is written to illustrate the power of the archetype. Many books could be (and have been) written on this fascinating topic.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
4
-
5

The Black Hole

I am in the universe. The universe is in me. (Taoist proverb)
There is a God-shaped hole in the human heart that only God can fill. (Augustine)

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you feel as if there is a “Hole” inside of you, explore it – gently but thoroughly.

Of the most interesting discoveries in astronomy within recent decades is that of the black hole. The black hole is a celestial body which is so dense that nothing  – including light itself – can escape its gravitational force. A black hole is like great cosmic garbage disposal – whatever goes into it never comes back!

Black holes are so massive that they tear through the fabric of space-time itself. Because of its extreme mass and gravitational attraction, many of the fundamental laws of physics do not seem to work inside a black hole.

Astronomers have determined there’s a very large black hole at the center of our Milky Way galaxy. Many astronomers believe there is a blackhole at the center of every galaxy.

I now want to shift our view from astronomy to astrospirituality (I just invented that word) A Taoist proverb says, “I am in the universe. The universe is in me.” In certain ways the structure of the human psyche parallels the structure of the universe. For example, the stars in our galaxy circle a blackhole at its center –  and so, too the personality “circles” a blackhole at its center. Let’s look at why this is so.

We begin with the premise that the psyche consists of two primary natures: one is our essential nature which is the true self; the other is the personality which is the false self. The essential nature is innate in us; the personality is a construct. The essential nature is fundamentally the same in all individuals; the personality varies widely from person to person.

The essential nature radiates brightly in most infants and very young children, which is one reason we are attracted to them. The essential nature is naturally attractive, but as the personality develops, and the child is socialized, the essential nature is largely obscured.

If you were raised in a perfect environment by enlightened parents, then you might have a “shining personality” that continues to exude essence. But most of us missed that karmic bus and were raised in an imperfect world by less than enlightened parents.

Chances are that your environment did not provide what was needed to develop your essential nature to its fullness: you had unmet needs, traumatic experiences and parents who did not model essential nature in their own lives. As a result, you developed a “hole” in your awareness of essential nature. (Aka the Black Hole.) This black hole is experienced as an immense deficiency. When you are in it (or even near it) you may feel extremely deficient or defective. You may feel as if you have “a big hole in your soul.”

St Augustine has written, “There is a God-shaped hole in the human heart that only God can fill.” But when you were very young the closest thing to God was your parents and family; you turned to those closest to you to fill the “God-shaped hole.” Unfortunately, you were not raised by gods –  you were raised by imperfect human beings.

This black hole is terrifying to a child, so you attempted to fill this internal hole with something/someone from the outside world. You turned to the world to get what felt missing within yourself. You then developed a strategy for getting what you need from the world to avoid feeling the blackhole. This strategy then determined the primary characteristics of your personality.

Author Salman Rushdie writes, “I used to say: ‘There is a God-shaped hole in me.’ For a long time, I stressed the absence, the hole. Now I find it is the shape of the hole which has become more important.”

This is an important statement because he points to the fact that the more specific you can be about how the hole feels, as well as how you have compensated for it, the more likely you will be able to discover what is on the other side of it.

Determining the missing quality (e.g., love, power, intelligence, will, value) is a good start. Then it is helpful to know specifically how you defend against experiencing the black hole, what circumstances trigger an eruption of defensive reactions, and what type of defensive reaction emerges.

For example, if you are missing the quality of Value then you may feel hurt or angry when you are criticized or when someone does not seem to appreciate you. You may try to always be needed to feel valued, or you may constantly boast about your accomplishments to get that need met.

The black hole may be experienced as intense feelings of shame, unworthiness, or defectiveness. If you can be present to these feelings, without resisting them, then eventually you will move through the black hole and reclaim the essential quality of value. You then realize that you are of infinite value simply because you exist.

Mindfulness practice, which is awareness and acceptance of each moment’s experience, is a skillful way of moving through the blackhole. It is not easy, but the journey through this darkness will eventually reveal the light of essential nature.

Some theories in cosmology suggest that a cosmic black hole may be a portal into a parallel universe. Regarding the external black hole, this remains to be seen, but it’s certainly true of the internal black hole which is the portal to a new universe within yourself!

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you feel as if there is a “Hole” inside of you, explore it – gently but thoroughly.

Teaching
4
-
6

The Story of Narcissus

Myth has been called the collective dream of a culture.
Every ego is narcissistic.

Contemplative Practice

Without self-judgment, see if you can identify your own narcissistic tendencies.

I am going to tell you the story of Narcissus. He is a character in the Greek myth, “Narcissus and Echo.” But first I want to talk about the nature of myth. It has been said that a myth is something that never happened but is always true. A myth has been called the collective dream of a culture. The myth does not attempt to recount an historical event but rather it is a story that reflects the collective consciousness of a culture or of all humanity. The ancient Greek myths were the cornerstone of Greek culture which, melded with the Roman culture, shapes the Western world to this day.

The Greek culture had a great deal of influence on the Romans, who in turn shaped and formed many fundamental aspects of our own culture today. We can see this in literature, architecture, law, politics, philosophy, theatre, and in education. To understand the ancient Greek psyche is to better understand our own. The myth of Narcissus is relevant to us today because it reflects a significant aspect of our Western psyche.

Now, the story. Narcissus was an extraordinarily beautiful young man. Women and men alike fell in love with Narcissus as soon as they laid eyes on him. But Narcissus was a loner, a hunter; he spent most of his life in the woods, alone.

But even in the woods he was not always alone. He was seen by a mountain nymph named Echo. Echo, like so many others, fell in love with Narcissus. And like so many others, Echo was spurned by Narcissus’ indifference to her. Because of her broken heart, Echo fell into a deep despair and vowed never to be seen again. She went to live among the mountains and the canyons where very few humans live. (Although Echo has never been seen you can sometimes hear her call back to you if you shout into a remote mountain Canyon.)

Aphrodite, goddess of love, took slighted love very personally and was very irritated by Narcissus’ unwillingness to return love to his admirers. In her anger Aphrodite dispatched the goddess Nemesis to put a curse on Narcissus. Nemesis inflicted him with an unquenchable thirst. Narcissus was driven to run from stream to pond in a vain attempt to quench his never-ending thirst.

As he leaned over to drink from a certain pond, he saw that the water was so clear it formed a perfect mirror. For the first time in his life Narcissus saw his own beauty. And like everyone else, he fell in love. Narcissus was so captivated by the image of his own face that he could not move. It is said that he stayed there admiring his own image for the rest of his life –  and he died on that very spot. As a reminder to all of us Aphrodite instructed a flower, the narcissus, to grow in the very place where he died.

So, let us unpack this story in the light of its relevance today. Narcissus symbolizes the propensity of the human ego to be enamored with itself and to be insensitive to the needs of other people. We call people with these characteristics narcissistic; in extreme cases this is viewed as psychopathology: the narcissistic disorder.

But the truth is that every ego is narcissistic. (Ego is our sense of self; it is the Latin word for “I.”) Anyone identified with the conditioned ego, is narcissistic. Ego is in love with itself and tends to use others as a way of reinforcing its self-image. The ego, like Narcissus knows itself only as a reflected image.

The greater the identification with ego the lesser the ability to have compassion for others. The ego is not self-existent; it requires constant input from something external to maintain itself. The ego lives from the outside in; it needs constant validation to know that it exists.

One such form of validation is mirroring by its environment –  particularly by other individuals. This mirroring may come from someone’s spouse or family, it may come from their social or professional status or from their possessions.

Another way the ego reinforces its own existence is through self-talk. The ego is supported by a virtually nonstop telling and retelling of a story, an event from the past, or anticipation of a future event. This storytelling is generally unconscious and subliminally reinforces the pretense of self-existence.

You need not try to get rid of the ego; your mission is to dis-identify from it; to see that it is not real, and that it is not really you. Ego identification is a major barrier to experiencing true nature.

One of the practices of disidentification is the continuous recognition of times when you feel addicted to external validation or to internal self-talk. Nonjudgmental awareness of how the ego functions is the key to dissolving it.

As you recognize and dissolve the underpinnings of ego-identification then you function more directly from true nature. You will find that the ego does not disappear but simply becomes more transparent and flexible. It transforms from a suit of armor into a gossamer robe. It becomes a vehicle for true nature to express rather than an obstacle to finding it.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
4
-
7

Unlocking Love

We block our realization of love by holding on to the past.
All too often, we want another to love us when we are unwilling to love our self.

Contemplative Practice

Become aware of how you may be blocking the expression of love within yourself.

Love is the essence of what we are and yet it’s essential that we become aware of how we unknowingly hide this truth from ourselves. We need to examine our beliefs about love because we have received many false messages from our culture about it.

We also block our realization of love by holding on to “unfinished business” from the past. In gestalt therapy this term refers to our unexpressed emotions, desires, and words. This energy is locked in the unconscious because earlier in our life we felt that it wasn’t safe to express these feelings, or perhaps even talk to about them. We learned that expressing these parts of us would result in punishment or humiliation. Our repression became habitual, and eventually became unconscious. We not only don’t want to express our feelings; we don’t even want to acknowledge that they are present.

We often choose relationships that support our pattern of repression. These relationships may be comfortable, but they may also offer little opportunity for self-discovery or personal growth. Or we may engage in relationships that do just the opposite. We might be attracted to another because we sense they have something that is missing in ourselves. We find these people stimulating and exciting…until we release our projections and encounter the real person behind the image we have created!

We may find those same qualities that were so attractive to us have become quite problematic! We now see a different aspect of them. We may feel betrayed by the other person, when we are simply discovering our own self-betrayal stemming from our belief that another person can give us something that seems missing within. We are like the beggar who grovels for alms unaware that he has a huge diamond hidden in his own pocket.

Some examples of how this plays out.

Cindy was attracted to Jack because he seemed self-assured, decisive, and clear about what he wants and what he does. Jack was attracted to Cindy because of her perceived compassionate and gentle nature. Both felt that the other “completed them.”

After being together for a while Cindy began to perceive Jack’s self-assurance as aggressiveness, willfulness, and a lack of care for her. This awareness was particularly challenging to Cindy because it mirrored the same qualities that she had repressed within herself. As a child she was often reprimanded for being too loud and unruly. She was taught to be quiet and submissive – like a “good girl” should be.

To Jack, Cindy’s compassion and caring began to look like the dependency and the neediness that Jack hated because it reflected his own repressed feelings of dependency. He was taught to always be “tough,” independent and to act “like a man”  – which meant to never need anything or to depend upon anyone else.

Over time, Jack and Cindy were willing to open to their own repressed feelings and to stop projecting them onto the other. Eventually each of them would grow significantly from their relationship, but it took a lot of internal work for them to get there.

A so-called “difficult relationship” can be a powerful vehicle for growth – if you use it in that way. Yes, the other person is far from perfect, but if you focus on their faults, you diminish the opportunity for your own healing.

And yet, this does not mean that you should tolerate abusive or toxic behavior. It’s okay to set clear boundaries on behavior that is harmful or unacceptable. A major part of discovering love within yourself is to include love for yourself. As you begin to accept all parts of yourself then you can begin to love others for who they are.

If we have not cleared out the internal debris then our love will be blocked, distorted, or tainted. All too often, we want another to love us when we are unwilling to love ourself. We want the other to compensate for the love that we are denying our own self, and it doesn’t work!

If you are willing to love yourself unconditionally then life will present the opportunities for you to do that –  whether you are alone or with another. Some aspects of the hidden self can be found only in relationships, and some can be discovered only if we are alone.

Psychotherapy or some form of support system can be very helpful in your growth process. This environment may provide the safety to feel and to express those parts of yourself that once felt too scary to express.

Journaling can also be helpful. This is something that you can do at any time. It is most effective if you do it on a regular basis.

I have often heard someone say: “The love that I seek is seeking me.” This is always true – but it’s not necessarily in the form of a friend or lover. The love that is always seeking you is your own true nature! It is seeking you because it is you – following you like your own shadow, forever seeking to be recognized.

Contemplative Practice

Become aware of how you may be blocking the expression of love within yourself.

Teaching
4
-
8

Me and My Shadow I

The shadow is a natural result of developing a persona.
Shadow work is reclaiming into conscious awareness the shadow elements that we have disowned.

Contemplative Practice

Write a description of the ways you want to be seen. This is the persona. Write a description of the opposite traits. This is the shadow.

An essential element in the spiritual journey is integration of the shadow; this is referred to as shadow work.

In this teaching and in the next, I will 1 – Define the shadow and describe how the shadow develops; 2 – Talk about shadow work and its importance in the journey to wholeness; 3 – Discuss specific ways to integrate the shadow; 4 – Talk about how shadow work relates to meditation and mindfulness practice.

The shadow is a natural result of developing a persona; the persona is the face that we learned to show the world. The persona is formed early in life by the role-modeling of parents and family and by the process of socialization. Early in life we are taught what it means to be a “good boy” or “good girl” and what it means to be a “bad boy” or “bad girl.” Being good gets us what we want and being bad gets us what we don’t want! Soon we identify solely with the good boy/girl (persona) and push the bad boy/girl (shadow) into unconsciousness. This is like sweeping dirt under the carpet and then forgetting that it is there. It is still there but it can’t be seen by others and eventually we ourselves don’t see it.

The shadow elements that we have disowned and forgotten consists of unwanted desires and emotions as well as the painful memories that drove these desires underground in the first place.

For example, if a child is repeatedly ridiculed or humiliated for expressing sadness then the experience of sadness may become buried – along with the painful feelings of shame and humiliation. Sadness may then be seen by him as a weakness and something shameful.

If a child is ostracized or rejected whenever she expresses anger, then her anger may become buried – along with feelings of grief and abandonment. Anger may then be seen by her as bad or dangerous.

If a child is shamed for expressing sexual desires, then these desires will be suppressed along with the shame that was received. Sexuality itself may then be seen by him as bad or shameful.

In addition to these feelings there will be the anger and grief that is the inevitable result of disowning parts of our self. Any living organism (animal or human) that is frustrated in its expression of life will experience anger and grief. This can be seen in the behavior of many wild animals that have been locked up in a cage.

Shadow work is reclaiming into conscious awareness the shadow elements that we have forgotten and disowned. As mentioned previously, these elements consist of unwanted desires, emotions, and painful memories. All of this must be discovered, accepted, and integrated into conscious awareness.

Shadow work is especially important for many reasons.

It takes a great deal of energy to repress the shadow. An oft-used analogy is that it is like trying to hold a beach ball underwater – it can be done but it takes considerable effort. The minute you turn your attention away the ball pops up! This is not unlike the repressed shadow. It takes considerable psychic energy to repress it and it will eventually come out anyway!

Living identified solely with the persona means that we are living only a partial life. Within the buried shadow lies power, creativity, and much of our aliveness.

One way the disowned shadow presents itself is in the form of projection: that which we refuse to see within our self will be perceived as outside of us – typically in the form of other people. Our relationships are the mirrors of our own psyche; relationships that are problematic are typically reflections of our own shadow. If we do not see these traits as projections of our own psyche, then we’ll believe that the problem is solely the fault of others.

Then our world appears to be full of “bad people” and we will see ourselves as being victimized by them.

The unclaimed shadow can also show up as chronic health issues as well as financial or legal problems. That which we attempt to bury is still alive and will find a way to resurface in some disguised form!

Only to the extent that we recognize the disguises of the shadow and take ownership of it can we de-energize these shadow-related issues and begin our own psychological and spiritual healing. We will talk more about this in the next teaching.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
4
-
9

Me and My Shadow II

What we refuse to see within us, will appear to be outside of us.
Let yourself feel the “hidden and forbidden” feelings without acting them out.

Contemplative Practice

What feelings were taboo in your family of origin. What is your relationship with these feelings today? Are they still taboo?

‍In the previous teaching I defined The Shadow, described how the Shadow develops and talked about the importance of shadow work in the journey to wholeness.

In this teaching I will describe a way to integrate The Shadow. This is simply an overview – an entire book could be written on this topic.

Shadow work requires us to identify with parts of the self that don’t seem to be “me”– but really are. Shadow work reclaims parts of oneself that have been disowned and forgotten.

One of quickest ways to recognize the shadow is to work with the phenomenon of projection. One way the disowned shadow presents itself to us is in the form of projection: that which we refuse to see within our self will be perceived to be outside of us – typically embodied in other people. What we refuse to see within us, will appear to be outside of us – and will be problematic in some way.

To begin the process, look for any situation where you experience strong and enduring emotions or desires. This may appear as strongly attractive desires (obsession or infatuation) or as strongly repulsive emotions (fear, anger, or judgment.) Look for any situation where a particular emotion seems to be out of proportion to the circumstance.

With projection a trait or quality will appear to be 100% within someone else and 0% (zilch) within me. The perceived quality is typically seen to be either highly desirable or highly repulsive.

Once you identify a projection then 1) notice what it is that you are thinking and feeling when you get triggered; pay close attention to your self-talk; 2) notice what the quality is that you see in others – and that you believe is absent within yourself.

Here are some examples:

Adam is a quiet, peace-loving individual. He will tell you that he never gets angry, but he does become very anxious whenever someone else is expressing anger; he wants to “run and hide.” Adam sees anger as unnecessary, dangerous, and wishes that it never existed. Adams father was a rageaholic who controlled his children through threat and intimidation. Adam’s shadow holds repressed anger.

Betsy has an obsession for men who are in positions of power. She has fantasies of marrying or seducing men in power positions and has occasionally acted on some of these desires. Growing up in the Old South she came to believe that women were never powerful in and of themselves but always derived their power from the men in their lives. Betsy has the qualities of repressed power/authority/self-esteem in her shadow.

Charlie has no problem with anger but does have a deep disdain for “wimpy” men – especially for men who openly express their sadness or pain. He perceives these people to be “feeling sorry for themselves.” As a child Charlie was often belittled by his family for showing feelings of sadness. Charlie has repressed sadness/hurt in his shadow.

Once you have identified a quality then imagine that quality as if it were a part of yourself: consider it to be a subpersonality with a life of its own living beneath your awareness. Then begin to dialogue with this subpersonality. You can do the dialogue in writing or spoken aloud. Speak/ write as yourself and then give a voice to the subpersonality – the shadow quality. Continue this process as long as necessary.

Be patient. Stay with your feelings. Do not judge or edit the results. It becomes more fluent with practice.

Then, allow yourself to become the subpersonality – the projected quality. Let yourself feel the “hidden and forbidden” feelings without acting them out. Feel both the pleasure and the pain that arises in this process.

Shadow work is never easy – it takes courage, patience, and persistence, but the benefit is a new sense of freedom and empowerment. The journey to wholeness is an arduous one but the result is to become infinitely more alive than you can imagine.

Contemplative Practice

What feelings were taboo in your family of origin. What is your relationship with these feelings today? Are they still taboo?

Teaching
4
-
10

Me and My Shadow III

That which seems like “me” at one rung of the ladder is the object of investigation at the next rung.

Contemplative Practice

Investigate with awareness that which seems to be “me.” Seek understanding without judging or attempting to change anything.

In the previous teachings I defined the shadow, described how the shadow develops, talked about the importance of shadow work in the journey to wholeness and then described a way to consciously integrate the shadow.

As important as shadow work is it is not the end of the journey. Working at the personal / psychological level is crucial but it is not enough to awaken us to True Nature; awakening also requires work at the transpersonal / spiritual levels. Vipassana (Insight Meditation) is an example of a practice that works at transpersonal levels.

Shadow work reclaims parts of oneself that have been disowned and forgotten. Shadow work requires us to identify with parts of the self that don’t seem to be “me”– but really are. Vipassana does just the opposite – it examines a self that seems very much like “me”  – but really isn’t.

It may be helpful to think of spiritual growth as like climbing a ladder. To climb a ladder, you must grasp hold of the rung above you to pull yourself up; but to continue climbing the ladder you must release the rung which you previously held on to. Progress is a series of grasping and then letting go.

you may think of each rung on this ladder as a self-identity. you grasp one self (rung) now only to let go of it later. Shadow work is about fully grasping the existing “rung’ of self-identity; vipassana practice is about letting go of that same rung.

If you attempt to let go of a rung before we have fully grasped it then you will slip and fall. If you grasp a rung and never let it go then you will make no progress.

Vipassana clearly and precisely examines the existing sense of self. Every experience that seems to be self (me) is eventually seen to be impermanent and insubstantial – empty of any essential quality.

That which sees a phenomenon is independent of it. The subject is independent of the object. Awareness is independent of the object of awareness.

The subject at one rung of the ladder becomes the object at the next rung. That which seems like “me” (subject) at one rung is the object of investigation at the next rung.

To engage vipassana (or any transpersonal practice) it’s best to have also engaged shadow work. We need not be finished (if we ever are) but it is very important that we have at least begun that work.

Vipassana, as well as any other spiritual practice, may be used to avoid facing the shadow. This is referred to as “spiritual bypassing,” which is defined as engaging spiritual beliefs or practices to avoid honestly looking at ourselves. This can keep us stuck. Effectual spiritual practices will include (or recommend) psychological practices as well.

Healings of every variety can occur from spiritual practice, but it is prudent to address each issue at its own level before trying to resolve it at a “higher” level. Physical issues should be addressed at the physical level before working toward a healing at the psychological or spiritual level. Psychological issues should be addressed at that level before using spiritual practices to try to resolve these issues.

Meditation and psychotherapy are by no means antagonistic but it’s important to see that they generally have different intentions. Psychotherapy seeks to integrate the self; meditation seeks to transcend it. This understanding must be present for both teachers and students otherwise much confusion and frustration can ensue.

Contemplative Practice

Questions

  1. Where does psychotherapy and spiritual practice appear to conflict? What are some of their common characteristics?
  2. Why is it important for psychotherapists and spiritual teachers to have a basic understanding of each other’s discipline?
  3. What is the Holotropic Psyche? What are implications of this concept for both psychotherapy and spiritual practice?
  4. What is the black hole within the human psyche? How does this develop?
  5. What is psychological projection? How does it work? Give examples.
  6. What psychological archetypes are at work in the Drama Triangle? Explain how this works. Give an example.
  7. Why is it important to explore our beliefs about love? What are some of the primary blockages to expression of genuine love?
  8. How does the Shadow develop? What are the consequences of not integrating the Shadow?
  9. Explain how awareness of psychological projections can help us to integrate the Shadow.
  10. Give examples of archetypes at work through individuals. What determines how they are expressed?

Prelude 5

As the about-to-be Buddha, Siddhartha Gautama, sat in meditation, the demon Mara brought his most beautiful daughters to seduce Siddhartha. Siddhartha, however, remained in meditation. Then Mara sent vast armies of monsters to attack him. Yet Siddhartha sat still and untouched.

Mara claimed that the seat of enlightenment rightfully belonged to him and not to the mortal Siddhartha. Mara's monstrous soldiers cried out together, "I am his witness!"  Mara challenged Siddhartha, “Who will speak for you?”

Then Siddhartha reached out his right hand and touched the earth. The earth itself spoke: "I bear you witness!" Mara disappeared. And as the morning star rose in the sky, Siddhartha Gautama realized enlightenment and became a Buddha.

Teaching
5
-
1

Perils on the Path

The near enemy is far more stealthy and cunning than the far enemy
When you discover one of these enemies at work avoid judging yourself
The only mistake is not learning from our mistakes

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you begin a spiritual practice, be aware of the near and far enemies of your practice.

Every spiritual practice has potential perils or pitfalls. In religious literature these perils are depicted as a demon trying to seduce the avatar through pride, greed, or fear. In Christian scripture we see Satan tempting Jesus in the wilderness. In Buddhism we see Mara tempting Siddhartha as he meditated under the Bodhi tree. The Tempter / Temptress is an archetype that we see in many stories and myths.

Although we are personifying these delusions, they are not entities; they are simply habits of mind. They are much more like a computer program than a living being. Likewise, the “ego” is not a thing or an entity; it too is just a programmed habit pattern.

An enemy of spiritual practice is believing that our practice is liberating us from our ego-patterns when in fact it may be strengthening the ego. We can believe we are “making progress” but are unknowingly undermining our intention to be free from ego identification. Author Stephen Levine says, “The ego wants to give the eulogy at its own funeral!”

Every spiritual practice has potential perils. These perils (enemies) fall into two categories. One category is the far enemy, which is very much the opposite of our practice intention. This far enemy acts in direct opposition to the intention of our practice. The far enemy is relatively easy to recognize.

The other category, the near enemy, is far more stealthy and cunning than the far enemy. The near enemy can masquerade as the practice itself. It’s like a spy or a mole pretending to work for your government when he is really working to do bring it down.

Each spiritual practice has its specific perils. I will address perils prevalent in spiritually based mindfulness practice. We’ll look at some individual practices and describe the far and the near enemy of each.

The basic practice is that of awareness. The intention of this practice is to be continuously aware every moment without putting a filter, judgment, or interpretation on top of your primary experience. You seek to experience everything as it is, unclouded by delusion.

The far enemy of this practice is to go unconscious – and to not realize it. You may have had the experience of meditating for a period but when the bell rings you realize that you were not present – you were spaced out, daydreaming or caught up in some internal story. Paradoxically, when you recognize this, you have already begun to wake up – you are no longer unconscious. As soon as you see the enemy you have essentially defeated it!

Legend tells that long after the Buddha had his awakening, Mara would still periodically show up while the Buddha was meditating. The Buddha would open one eye, point to him and say, “I see you, Mara!” Mara then at once disappeared.

A near enemy of awareness practice is to engage in the practice, but to have a hidden agenda, such as making spiritual “progress” or resolving some emotional issue. You can think that you are just being when in fact you are quite engaged in doing something.

A far enemy can operate for minutes, or sometimes hours, before we detect it. But the near enemy can operate for months, or even years, before we recognize it. In this way the near enemy is far more dangerous than the far enemy.

Another key element in dharma practice is that of equanimity. It too has enemies – both far and near. The practice of equanimity is one of nonresistance: allowing and accepting every experience equally and unconditionally.

The far enemy of equanimity is aversion –  rejection of your present experience  – or craving an experience other than the one that’s here and now. Another form of the far enemy could include judging or trying to control your experience.

A near enemy of equanimity is spacey-ness, numbness, and denial masquerading as equanimity. Another particularly “sneaky” near enemy is that of bargaining: making an agreement to have equanimity with some experience, but doing so because you hope that this will make it go away!

When you discover one of these enemies at work be sure to avoid judging yourself and not be self-critical. On the contrary, when you discover this simply delight in the fact that you now see it; this is the first step toward defeating the enemy.

As one final example, let’s look at metta practice. Metta is the practice of cultivating mental states of love, kindness, and goodwill. The far enemy of metta is cruelty, condemnation, or hatred. A near enemy of metta – which can masquerade as the practice itself – is to engage in the practice as if you were doing it for someone else – and not yourself. One can (mis)use metta by wishing to fix or change another person (thereby, avoiding self-change). Another near enemy is to see someone as a victim. As such, we may use the practice to save or rescue someone – which is not its intention.

To be able to name the enemies – especially the near enemies – is one of many good reasons to work with a teacher whenever possible. If this is not possible then find a sangha or a dharma friend who can help you spot the enemies hiding in your spiritual practice.

Please don’t use this to engage in self-criticism or self-doubt. This is not written to sow fear or doubt in your mind but to simply help you be alert for the presence of a practice enemy. When it does arise do not see it as a failure or a mistake; this is simply how we all learn. Welcome every apparent mistake as a learning experience.

A student asked the Zen master, “How do I acquire good judgment?” The master smiled, closed his eyes, and then said, “Bad judgment.”

The only mistake is not learning from our mistakes. As we learn from them, they become our friends – they are no longer “the enemy.”

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you begin a spiritual practice, be aware of the near and far enemies of your practice.

Teaching
5
-
2

Spiritual Bypassing

Spiritual Bypassing exists in all spiritual practices.
To grow beyond human nature does not mean to negate human nature.

Contemplative Practice

In your spiritual practice be on the lookout for ways you may be avoiding facing some difficult parts of yourself.

When you’re driving on the freeway taking the bypass around a busy city may be wise. But on the Spiritual journey taking a bypass is usually unwise: it gives you the illusion of progress, but it just goes around in circles!

Spiritual Bypassing is defined as “The use of spiritual beliefs or practices to avoid dealing with painful feelings, unhealed wounds, and developmental needs.”

An example of this in the Christian tradition is the common practice of avoiding the painful experience of dying to the ego and living as Christ did, by believing that “Christ died for my sins, so all I have to do is believe in him and I will be spared the difficult work of actually living what he taught.”

In the Buddhist tradition we may meet meditation practitioners that honestly believe they are practicing equanimity, (and they may want you to believe as well) but they are using meditation as way of avoiding painful emotions. They may look very spiritual, but they are hiding from themselves. I call this the “Counterfeit Buddha”!

Spiritual Bypassing exists in all traditions and in all spiritual practices. This is not necessarily a failure of the teaching or the teacher; (although a skillful teacher is savvy to this phenomenon) it is simply one example of the myriad (and often quite sophisticated) ways in which we try to avoid painful feelings.

Like the moth circling a candle flame, we are “attracted to the light, but repelled by heat.” We are attracted to the freedom and the power that can be found through spiritual practice, but we are repelled by the pain that must be faced to find that freedom. Spiritual Bypassing is one way that we “circle the flame.”

The pain that arises on our spiritual journey is not inflicted upon us by practice; what we feel is pain that is largely already there – and probably has been there for a long time. We have found many ways to insulate ourselves from that pain. Spiritual practice penetrates and gradually dissolves that insulation. The insulation must be removed because the same insulation that protects us from our pain also obscures our true nature and blocks our experience of real freedom.

How can one avoid the spiritual bypass? The first step is to recognize when you have started to take it. The ego does not want you to see this. The spiritual bypass can camouflage and shape-shift itself into many forms; we must stay awake and to be alert.

Begin by looking for some “road signs” of the spiritual bypass:

Unwillingness or inability to feel your feelings.

Feeling “stuck” in your spiritual growth.

Goal-seeking; trying to be “successful” in your practice.

Gripping your beliefs very tightly.

Focusing on appearances.

Look at how you may be holding on to certain beliefs or habits. Those beliefs and practices are not necessarily bad or untrue  – but the question is how you are using them? You may be holding on to them as a shield or armor that protects you against some underlying anxiety or discomfort. Ask yourself, “What might I be avoiding? What would I have to feel if I were not gripping this belief so tightly?”

The second step is to relax the grip on your beliefs. You don’t have to give up a belief forever – just “put it on the shelf” for now. The issue here is not the veracity of your belief but rather how you are using it. You may be right about something but if you use that belief to avoid some part of yourself then it will not lead you to freedom. A belief can be helpful or harmful, depending on how it is used.

The third step is to face and feel the underlying feelings. Feel the physical sensations and feel the emotions that arise when you momentarily let the belief go.

A story from the Zen tradition: The master’s child died, and he was weeping profusely. His disciples approached him and said, “Master, do you not teach that all is impermanent, and that death is an illusion? The master nodded, “Yes.” Then, “Why are you crying?” The master replied, “I am crying because I am sad.”

We often think of spiritual growth as a process of ascension – and in one aspect it is, but it is a process of descending as well. In general, the growth process works like this: we have a taste of expanded awareness – a glimpse of a higher dimension, but before we can permanently grow into the next stage “above” we must complete the unfinished business from our past – from the level “below” where we are now. The journey from Consciousness to Super-consciousness involves a trip through the Subconscious. As author Ken Wilber might put it: “We may wake up, but before we can fully grow up, we must first cleanup.”

Real growth is not to “transcend and deny”, it is to “transcend and include”. To grow beyond human nature does not mean negating human nature; true growth is inclusive. Transcending ego does not mean negating the ego but expanding beyond it. You then experience the ego as a functional vehicle rather than being all that you are.

The spiritual bypass is an attempt to grow-up before we clean-up; but it doesn’t work for very long! True growth is not to “transcend and deny” – it is to “transcend and include”. To grow beyond human nature does not mean negating human nature; it means facing and embracing all the elements of our human nature.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
5
-
3

The False Refuges

Spiritual practice helps recognize the false refuges we have taken.

Contemplative Practice

See if you can welcome suffering without indulging in it. Try to relax into it.

In Buddhist spirituality it is common for a disciple to take a vow called The Three Refuges. The Refuges are languaged as follows: I take refuge in the Buddha; I take refuge in the Dharma; I take refuge in the Sangha.

If understood in a religious sense these vows can mean that one takes refuge in the divine nature of the Buddha, in the Buddhist teachings and in the Buddhist community. In a less religious and a more personal sense, to “Take refuge in the Buddha” is to take refuge in one’s own Buddha-nature. In this context, to “Take refuge in the Dharma” can mean to take refuge in the practices that awaken our Buddha-nature; and “To take refuge in the Sangha” can mean to take refuge in the innate oneness of all beings as we awaken our Buddha-nature.

To take refuge in something means to make it our home – in the deepest sense of that word. Where we take refuge becomes the foundation of every life experience. When we take refuge in that which is real, we will be free from suffering; when we take refuge in that which is not real suffering is inevitable.

We are conditioned to take refuge in that which is not real and thus the human condition is one of suffering. Very early in life we are conditioned to take refuge in something outside of ourselves. As a child we take refuge in our parents and our family. As we mature the sense of self becomes more internal: we take refuge in the mind. We take refuge in an internalized mental image commonly called the ego or the personality.

The ego is the sense of “me” that I rely upon to survive and to understand the world around me. This ego is identified with a particular strategy developed for getting what we needed as a child. A particular strategy may be that of being nice, charming, or pleasing to others; or it may be a strategy of being aggressive, domineering or controlling; it may be a strategy of being intelligent, competent, and correct – these are but a few of the common patterns that form the core of the ego.

We do need certain skills to survive and to function in this world, but our true nature is much more than our survival skills. When we identify primarily with these survival strategies, we are seeking a false refuge and suffering is inevitable.

Spiritual practice allows us to recognize the false refuges that we have taken and release each one in favor of the true refuge. Rather than meet life with a particular mental strategy we meet each life experience with a nonattached clarity of awareness. We meet each experience with Buddha-nature as we let go of our attachment to old ways of being and sit in the clear space of wisdom and compassion. Each time we do this it weakens identification with the ego and contributes to the realization of who we truly are.

The practice is to recognize our attachment to a false refuge and then let go and take the true refuge. As we release these old patterns we may experience the underlying emotions of anger, fear, grief, guilt, and shame. Trying to avoid these feelings will keep us attached to the false refuge. Even if we are enmeshed in some form of resistance, we can meet that experience with openness, clarity, and compassion. We always start right where we are.

Taking the true refuge is not trying to attain a certain experience or accomplish a particular goal; it is holding the intention to return to the present moment and to meet each experience – no matter what it is – with a clear mind and an open heart: meeting each moment with wisdom and compassion. This is what it means to take true refuge.

Contemplative Practice

See if you can welcome suffering without indulging in it. Try to relax into it.

Teaching
5
-
4

Giving Up Hope

The Buddha taught that by giving up attachments enlightenment is possible for anyone

Contemplative Practice

Be aware of having a sense of “me’ or “mine.”  Notice any sense of entitlement that may be present.

Throughout human history Hope has been seen as an essential quality that is needed to keep humans from falling into despair.

In Dante’s Divine Comedy the sign above the entrance to the Inferno (Hell) is “Abandon Hope All Ye Who Enter Here.” This implies that living without hope can be a hell-like existence.

In the Greek myth, a girl named Pandora unwittingly opened a box that released all sorts of woes and ailments upon humankind. However, she managed to close the box in time to keep inside one final quality: that of Hope. This story is usually interpreted to mean that despite all humankind’s woes we still have Hope remaining.

Indeed, there are many stories of political prisoners, castaways and inmates of concentration camps who were kept alive through the experience of hope. The character Annie, the Orphan, expresses her hope in the wistful song, “Tomorrow, Tomorrow.”  This sense of hope keeps her from utter despair amidst the harsh reality of living in an orphanage.

But there is another side of Hope; it keeps us fixated on the future and prevents us from fully experiencing the present moment. Not satisfied with the present moment we hope for satisfaction in the future: The mind is habitually moving into the next moment (nexting) rather than landing fully in the here and now. Unsatisfied with the present moment, we habitually focus on the next moment as a source of fulfillment. This dynamic is at the core of every obsession or addiction.

A Sufi tale tells of Mullah Nasrudden compulsively eating one hot chili pepper after another. The peppers are so hot that his lips and tongue are swollen, and tears are running down his face. When asked why he was torturing himself by eating these hot peppers, Nasrudden replied, “I keep hoping for a sweet one!”

But the ego says:” Giving up hope means living in despair and hopelessness.

Maybe not, what if we gave up hopelessness as well?

If we give up hope and we give up hopelessness, what do we have left? What’s left is the reality of the present moment.

Hope and hopelessness are two sides of the same coin; both are focused on the future. Hope and hopelessness are reactions to an imagined future.

If you give up hope/ hopelessness, you also give up fear. Because fear, like hope, is always focused on the future. Hope and fear are intrinsically related; both entangle us in an imaginary future. The ego stands on the two legs of hope and fear.

To be hope-less is to be fearless, which brings us into reality and the power of the present moment. Living in the future keeps being victims of our own imagination.

Living in the present moment empowers us. The only moment of choice is the present moment. When we live fully in the present we are always living at the point of choice. Living at the point of choice, we are creating our life anew in each moment rather than reacting to an imagined future.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
5
-
5

Five Mistakes (We) Beginners Make I

The essence of dharma lies in the realization that there is nothing permanent in this world
The one who knows is present in every experience

Contemplative Practice

Notice what changes and what doesn’t. Identify everything that will change and anything that will not.

In this teaching we look at several ways that you may be unintentionally weakening the effectiveness of your mindfulness practice. These errors are not limited to beginners, but they do tend to show up more in the early stages of practice. It’s skillful to always consider yourself a beginner because that will keep you open and teachable at every stage of your journey.

The mistakes identified are not so much a matter of doing something wrong as a matter of misunderstanding: making erroneous assumptions about the nature of spiritual practice itself. Spiritual practice involves a very different set of premises than those we use in our everyday life. It’s very easy to apply your everyday life mindset when engaging the practice. This can set the stage for future difficulties.

Five mistakes we frequently make:

#1 Misunderstanding the Scope of Spiritual Practice.

When I ask students about their practice, they will often respond by telling me about their daily sitting practice. Now, sitting is a principal form of practice, but often that’s as far as it goes. Yogis (students) will often seem pleased if they’ve been sitting often or apologetic if they’ve not been sitting regularly. What’s revealed in this response is that they tend to see sitting as just about the entirety of their practice, and not realizing that practice is about every aspect of our life – all day long, seven days a week. To attain deep states of awareness on your cushion and then live mindlessly the rest of your day is an incomplete practice. Any practice is better than none, but continuity of practice in everyday life is an extremely important element.

Although you may not always have the same precision and clarity that you have on the cushion, it’s still very important to be aware as continuously as possible throughout the day; and’s particularly important in those life situations where you typically lapse into unconsciousness. A little bit of awareness can save a whole lot of suffering. Always remember that nothing is outside the realm of your practice.

#2 Chasing a Particular Experience.

To some “meditation” means “to not think” while you are sitting perfectly still, bathing in an aura of bliss. Although this is not the stated intention of mindfulness practice, many unconsciously strive for this idealized self-image.

At a retreat, when I have a private session with a yogi, I will usually ask about their practice and how they would assess it. Often, she will say “I had a good meditation this morning” or “This has been a good retreat so far.” When I inquire into what is deemed a “good or bad meditation” she will typically respond by telling me how it felt physically or emotionally. Usually it boils down to this: “good” means pleasant and “bad” means unpleasant. Sometimes “good” means “I have no thoughts,” while “bad” means “I got lost in thinking.”  Even experienced yogis will find themselves chasing the pleasant feelings rather than simply being fully present to what is.

Our intention in mindfulness practice is to improve the quality of awareness irrespective of the specific content of awareness. A “good” meditation is when you can sustain a clear and continuous awareness of each experience that arises without grasping or resisting any of it. You can have a “good meditation” even though the content of your experience is quite unpleasant. You can have a “bad meditation” even if the content is blissful. Let any assessment rest on the quality of awareness, rather than the content.

However, I believe it’s best to avoid assessing your practice at all, unless you are working with a teacher who may need that information to give you some guidance. Mindfulness practice consists of being fully present to each experience without wanting the experience to be anything other than what is. There is no need to review a meditation and “grade it.” When the meditation period ends, let it go and stay in the present moment.

Contemplative Practice

Notice what changes and what doesn’t. Identify everything that will change and anything that will not.

Teaching
5
-
6

Five Mistakes (We) Beginners Often Make II

Humans have five senses. Each is unique and mutually exclusive.
Measuring progress limits the benefit of spiritual practice.
Intention is a guideline for what you do or not do in the present moment.

Contemplative Practice

Throughout the day pay notice how often you think about your life rather than experience it in the present moment.

In the previous teaching we identified two mistakes that beginners often make:

Misunderstanding the nature of spiritual practice.

Chasing an experience.

The third mistake beginners often make:

#3 Thinking Our Experiences

Humans have five senses: seeing, hearing, sensing, smelling, and tasting. Each of these is unique and mutually exclusive. We cannot taste a sound. We cannot hear a sensation.

And, we have a sixth sense-gate known as thinking that may be considered a form of internal hearing and seeing. This semi-controllable process serves to interpret and give meaning to the other experiences. The other five senses tell us what is happening in the world around us and within us; thinking tells us what it means (to us).

Unlike animals, the patterns by which we interpret our experiences are not instinctual; they are not pre-installed in our psyche. For humans, these mental patterns are created early in life. These patterns come to us from family and from culture.

All of this helps us to survive when we are young. But the sad news is that it may imprison us inside the mind’s conditioning. We then perceive the world not as it is, but as we are; we see it through the eyes of the past.

To experience reality directly –  as it is – we need to practice bare attention. This is experiencing life directly through the senses without the filters of mental conditioning. This is the essence of mindfulness practice: direct awareness without mental analysis, interpretation, or judgment. The tendency to conflate experience with interpretation may seem automatic, but with practice we begin to see a tiny space arise between a direct experience and the mind’s interpretation of it. We can then focus on the experience and set aside the interpretation.

#4 Trying to measure progress.

The conditioning needed for us to survive in her family and to get what we need eventually coalesces into a structure known as the ego. The ego is our condition sense of self. It is programmed to create a goal and then to work out a strategy to meet that goal. This process is reinforced by our education and by our culture; before long it will be automatic. We unconsciously develop an internal “project manager” that monitors our progress toward every desired goal.

As we engage spiritual practice it seems quite natural to employ this same strategy – but this is counterproductive. Striving toward a goal keeps us focused on the future and prohibits us from being fully awake in the present. Measuring progress toward a spiritual goal limits the benefit of spiritual practice because it imposes the ego’s standards of logic, quantification and measurement onto a process that cannot be quantified.

Has anyone ever asked you, “How much do you love me?” If so, you have realized the futility of trying to respond. Love cannot be quantified or measured –  and neither can spiritual growth.

Typically, when we first begin our spiritual practice we have some form of a goal – enlightenment, peace of mind etc. We have an image of what we want to become. But this image is meaningless because we cannot describe, measure, or quantify Reality. Spiritual practice is discovering the reality of that which is already here –  right now. There is nowhere to go, and nothing to do –  and there is nothing to measure.

#5 Trying to “Do it right.”

I often hear students say, “I am trying not to crave, but...”  “I keep trying to have equanimity, but...” “I know I should accept this, but….” (Someone once said, “Every time we try to do something we always fall on our but!”)  

I encourage people to eliminate certain words from their vocabulary – at least as it relates to dharma practice. One of these words is try.

It can be immensely helpful to set an intention, but that is different than trying. Trying is attempting to make something happen – it focuses on a future result. An intention is a guideline for what you do or do not do in the present moment.

For example, if I am “trying” to keep my attention on the breath, then there is the energy of willfulness and efforting; I am attempting to control an outcome. But if I am holding the intention to be aware of each breath, I simply notice where my attention is right now – in this moment. If attention is on the breath, I keep it there; if it is not, then I bring my awareness to the breath. And in the next moment I bring awareness to where my attention is ...etc. There is no “trying.”  I am either on my intention or I am not. If I am not, then I return to it.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
5
-
7

How We Avoid Reality I

The only way to find true happiness and true peace of mind is to live in reality.
Body awareness will bring you into the reality of this present moment.

Contemplative Practice

Throughout the day pay attention to when you tell yourself a story rather than experience life directly.

How do we avoid reality? Let us count the ways….

Why do we want to count the ways? Because one of the best ways to discover reality is to figure out how you unconsciously avoid it.

One could say: But what’s so great about reality? It sometimes isn’t very pretty. Why not forget the search for reality and just look for a good fantasy!”

This describes the lifestyle of millions of people – and the result of that isn’t very pretty either.

The only way to find true happiness and true peace of mind is to live in reality.

I define reality in a very simple way: reality is what is. Most of us live in a world created by the mind and its desire to be right, rather than live life as it really is. Why? Because at an early age reality seemed too hard to bear so, we chose to create a world in our own mind and to live in that world. (This may have been a whole series of choices made over time.) We rejected an external reality that we could not control for an internal world that we could control.

How many ways do we avoid reality? In today’s world, with the proliferation of technology and social media, we have access to virtually an endless number of distractions. We can distract ourselves through entertainment, planning, judging, complaining, bragging, shopping, indulging in fantasy, food, sex, drugs, alcohol etc. etc.

Even when we are at a retreat or in our daily spiritual practice, we still have countless distractions that are manufactured by the mind. And our internal distractions require no passwords or monthly fees! We have an internal entertainment center with many channels: the planning channel, judging channel, analyzing, reminiscing, fantasy channel…and everyone’s favorite – the story channel. Even though the story channel has many reruns we never get tired of it because it always stars….me!

The story channel is not just for entertainment when we meditate; it’s there 24/7 anytime we believe that we need it. We typically use it to divert our attention away from some pain that is emerging. We tell our story when we don’t want to feel something, and when we want to be right, or self-righteous, or make someone else wrong. (or “All of the above”!)

Rarely is any of this deliberate; it usually happens unconsciously – and lightning fast! Typically, we’re in the third or fourth “rerun” before we recognize that we’re lost in the story! Many people (perhaps most) never recognize they are caught in a story: believing that their story is the ultimate reality. Acting on this belief is the cause of an immense amount of suffering in our world.

What to do when you see that you’re caught up in a story? First, don’t judge yourself; that’s simply replacing one story with another. Drop all the stories – and if you cannot, just recognize that you are caught up in it. There is a way out.

The way out is to recognize what you are feeling. If you can name an emotion that’s a very good start – but don’t stop there, it’s necessary to feel your feelings fully and completely.

Bring awareness into the body. Emotions dissipate when they are felt completely, in the body, without any attachment to a story. Body awareness will always bring you into the reality of this present moment. Stories in the mind will take you further away from it. The great paradox is that we discover reality when we see how we avoid it – and then stop running away from it.

Contemplative Practice

Throughout the day pay attention to when you tell yourself a story rather than experience life directly.

Teaching
5
-
8

How We Avoid Reality II

In no time at all, we label, conceptualize, and interpret virtually every experience.
We have a primal sensory experience, then we “wrap it up” in a mental concept.
The practice of bare attention allows us to taste the freshness of each experience.

Contemplative Practice

During the day notice each time that you “can” an experience.

In the last teaching I talked about the many ways that we avoid reality. We have an endless number of distractions available to us through modern technology, and even when we try to meditate, we find ways to distract ourselves by getting lost in the endless creations of the mind, such as planning, fantasizing, analyzing etc.

In this teaching we will explore an even more fundamental way that we avoid reality. It’s more fundamental because it may appear to us that we are paying attention and are present to our experiences in the moment, all the while, this is not quite true.

I am talking about the way that, in virtually no time at all, we label, conceptualize, and interpret every experience we have. A sound may arise and as soon as you recognize “hearing” the mind at once interprets the sound and presents you with an image or a thought about that sound you hear.

For example, while you’re trying to meditate you may hear a sound and immediately interpret it as the sound of a lawnmower and you imagine that your neighbor is cutting his lawn. You may find anger arising and at once decide that you can no longer meditate –  and that it’s all your neighbor’s fault! “If it weren’t for him, I could’ve had a great meditation!” All of this happens in a tiny fraction of a second.

Then you get up from your cushion feeling very grumpy, stomp into the living room only to discover that the sound you hear is coming from a television set that you left on. Then you may feel very foolish and wonder if you should apologize to your neighbor for all the terrible things you were thinking about him!

The American philosopher William James wrote about this phenomenon but hundred years, ago.

If my reader can succeed in…avoiding all conceptual interpretation and lapse back into his immediate sensible life at this very moment, he will find it to be what someone has called abig blooming buzzing confusion.”

Out of this aboriginal sensible attention [he] carves out objects with concepts that names and identifies forever – in the sky ‘constellations,’ on the earth ‘beach,’ ‘sea,’ ‘bushes,’ ‘grass.’… Out of time we cut ‘days’ and ‘nights,’ ‘summers’ and ‘winters.’

We [name] each part of the sensible continuum and all these abstractions are but concepts. The mental life of man consists almost wholly in [substituting] a conceptual order for the perceptual order from which his experience originally comes.

We have a primal sensory experience, then we “wrap it up” in a mental concept, and then relate only to the concept for the rest of our life!

Concepts are connected to language – they arise together. These are then strung together to create a story that shapes our experience of reality – as well as our sense of self.

James describes exactly what we were talking about earlier: we have a primal sensory experience and then “wrap it up” in a mental concept and forever relate to the concept only. This begins as soon as we language our experience.

Conceptualizing via language gives us the ability to communicate our experiences. This is very helpful but if we go no further than the concept then we divorce ourselves from the primal experience. This puts a barrier between our self and reality, and then we pay the price in reduced aliveness and spontaneity.

As a child I did not like vegetables. I ate them very grudgingly. But in the summertime, we would often have fresh vegetables from the woods the garden – and I loved them! I once asked my father, “Why do they put vegetables in a can when they tasted so much better fresh.

He explained to me that vegetables in a can would last much longer than fresh vegetables. Canned vegetables could be shipped and stored for prolonged periods of time – this made it available to more people and reduced the cost of the vegetables.

As I grew older, I began to see that we did this with many types of food. For economic reasons we sacrifice the quality of food to market it more widely, and at a reduced cost.

In a way, we do the same with virtually every one of our experiences: We have a direct experience and then it is immediately labeled, “canned” and stored away into memory. This is helpful in communicating the experience to other people.

We “can” our experiences by conceptualizing them and then relate to the concept rather than to the experience itself. Some of this is necessary. However, if we “can” our experiences at once, we are never tasting the freshness of being alive; we live in an artificial world rather than the real world of direct experience.

The practice of bare attention (mindfulness) allows us to taste the freshness of each experience. This is what makes us feel alive. If we need to communicate, we can use concepts to describe our experience. When we communicate directly from experience, rather than from a canned speech, we come across much more authentically and compellingly.

To be genuinely happy, to experience real life, real love, and real joy, we need to practice tasting life as it is before we “put it in a can” and store it on the shelf of memory.” This will increase our creativity and our spontaneity. It will not reduce our pain, but it will greatly reduce our suffering.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
5
-
9

The Chicken and the Egg I

Structure supports a developmental process taking place within it.
In life we have many forms that hold our development.
With spiritual maturity we understand when to leave a structure or stay in it.

Contemplative Practice

Review your life and look at the various structures that were created to support your development.

I will talk about chickens and eggs – and much more. What I want to say is less about biology than psychology/spirituality; however, biology provides us with a very concrete example of my topic in the scenario of the chicken and the egg.

I will discuss a developmental process that is exemplified in the relationship between the chicken and the egg. One might describe the process as follows: 1) the chicken develops within the egg 2) the chicken destroys the egg 3) the chicken develops without the egg 4) the chicken creates the egg.

Timing is crucial in this process. If the egg breaks before the chicken develops, the chicken will not survive. Yet if the shell does not break the chicken will not survive. So, the egg must stay intact until exactly the right time – which is when the chicken is able to destroy the structure that once supported its development.

This relationship of the chicken and the egg is a biological version of a universal process which involves the relationship between form/structure and essence. Structure or form holds and supports a developmental process that takes place within it. Essence refers to the essential nature of the process taking place. In this example, the eggshell is the form/structure, and the developing chicken is the essence.

In human experience structure can refer to forms such as a relationship, a school, a career, a culture, or a belief system. Some forms are external/visible, and others are internal/invisible. And the external forms also have an internal counterpart. For example, a relationship has an external context, such as a friendship, partnership, or marriage; and yet each of these forms has an internal psychological structure within each member in the relationship. Each member views the relationship within the context of his or her own internal psychological structure.

In our human experience we have many forms that hold the development of our body, mind, and our psyche. The womb is a form that holds the human body as it develops. The family is a form that holds the developing child. A school is a form that holds developing individuals. (Our former school is referred to as our alma mater i.e., our mother).

A marriage is a form that holds our development. A career is also a form that holds our development. We have various belief systems – religions philosophies and worldviews – that also serve as forms or structures for our development. All these forms can support our development, and yet at certain times they need to be released for our development to continue. Our physical body itself is a form intended for the development of our soul. We need to embrace the body and yet at a particular time we will need to release the body.

In any of these developmental process’s dysfunction can arise in one of two ways. If we hold on to a structure too long, then that structure may no longer support our development – and may even inhibit it. There is a time when it needs to be released. We may consciously or deliberately leave it or break it down, or the breakdown may seem to be forced upon us – such as our partner wanting a divorce, or our job being terminated. The more we are attached to that structure, the more painful it will be when that structure breaks down.

The other type of dysfunction occurs when the structure breaks down or is left too soon. For example, if a child is being advanced to the next grade before she is ready academically, she’s likely to have great difficulty functioning – and perhaps remedial work will be necessary. Otherwise, academic, behavioral, or psychological problems can result.

And I do not want to imply that it’s always easy to develop within a structure even if a particular structure does support our development. For example, perhaps a challenging relationship may be the perfect structure that we need for our development – even though it is not easy to do.

As an adult, I may find myself in a situation that I don’t like and yet it is necessary for my growth and development. If I drop the structure too quickly then I am likely to flounder in my development and may need to find a similar structure somewhere else.

As we mature psycho-spiritually we learn to release existing forms with less resistance and suffering; and we can more readily create new forms that we need for further development. Our structures become more flexible and permeable – and less rigid.

With spiritual maturity we also gain understanding as to when we need to leave a structure or to stay within it. Sometimes, rather than leave for destroy structure we may be able to change it so that it is more supportive for our growth.

As I use the terms, I am referring to external forms as well as internal, internal psychological forms and structures. The forms that most often need to be released are the internal psychological forms. Sometimes the internal psychological forms can be released without necessarily destroying the extra form.

And yet, in other circumstances, the only way that development can take place internally is to make an external change, such as ending a career or marriage. Sometimes external breakdown occurs even if we want or need it to continue that structure in our life. When this happens – painful though it may be – it is an excellent opportunity for an inquiry into the nature of the self without that familiar structure. I may find that I can grow without that structure, or perhaps I can create one that is more supportive of my development.

In Part II of this teaching, we will examine how this developmental principle relates to spiritual development and related practices.

Contemplative Practice

Review your life and look at the various structures that were created to support your development.

Teaching
5
-
10

The Chicken and the Egg II

In the modern West, Dharma practice is not always confined to one school.
Buddha used concepts in the same way that a raft is used to cross a river.

Contemplative Practice

Consider the structures supporting your spiritual practice. Are they serving your development?

In the last teaching I talked about structures that hold the development of our body, mind, and psyche. These forms support our development, and yet at certain times they need to be released for our development to continue.

In this developmental process’s dysfunction can arise in one of two ways. If we hold on to a structure too long, then that structure may no longer support our development – and may even inhibit it. The other type of dysfunction occurs when the structure breaks down or is left too soon. That may also cause serious problems.

I now want to relate this same issue to our spiritual development. As with psychological development, we need structures to support our spiritual development. Traditionally, the structures have been religions and religious organizations. In Christianity, a particular denomination will have a creed or dogma that is the core of its teaching. This provides an internal structure for each member in the form of a stable belief system. The external form within that denomination might be the individual churches.

In Dharma practice, the internal structure is not a belief system per se but a spiritual practice. The internal framework for this practice consists of the Four Noble Truths. The teaching of the four Noble truths is usually provided through a particular school or lineage of Buddhism. The three major schools being the Theravada, the Mahayana, and the Vajrayana. These are the three vehicles or bodies that hold the teaching and the practices.

The external framework for the practice is typically the sangha, and/or an individual teacher. An intermediate framework may be a particular form of practice such as sitting meditation, watching the breath, walking meditation, metta or tonglen practice.

Traditionally, the Dharma teacher will function within a particular vehicle and a particular lineage within that vehicle. For example, the Dalai Lama functions within the Vajrayana or Diamond vehicle, and he represents the Gelug school of the Vajrayana.

In modern times, and especially in the West, the practice of the Dharma is not necessarily confined to a particular vehicle or school; it may be influenced primarily by an individual teacher or modern lineage that crosses the lines of several schools.

In our meditation practice we need certain structures at various stages of our journey. Early in our journey it may be helpful to “shop around” until we find a teaching method or a teacher that we resonate with. Once we find that it is a good idea to stay with that system or teacher for a period so that we become grounded in that practice.

If we shop around too long, or jump ship every time there is some difficulty, we may never get traction with our practice. It is okay to be a dilettante for a while but then it is important to settle in on one practice for a time. Eventually we begin to internalize the teacher and the teachings, so we may need to rely on them less frequently –  but it is important to have someone available who knows your practice and can help you when necessary.

If we stay with one teacher or teaching or method indefinitely that is not necessarily a problem, but we maybe narrowing our development and not take advantage of the richness of the Dharma available through other teachers or methods. The German scholar Max Mueller, a pioneer in the study of comparative religions, has said, “If you know only one religion, you don’t know religion.”

The metaphor of a banana is often used in this context. The banana skin (structure) is needed for the banana to ripen. But once the banana is ripe, the skin must be peeled and discarded for the banana to be consumed. If the banana skin is not peeled soon enough the banana may be rotten and will be inedible. If the banana skin is peeled too quickly the banana will still be green and will not be palatable.

The Buddha taught that even his very own teaching may someday need to be released. In the Diamond Sutra he uses the simile of a raft and a river to explain this about his teachings.

When the Buddha explains these things using concepts or metaphors, we should remember the unreality of all mental structures. In teaching spiritual truths, the Buddha always uses concepts and ideas in the way that a raft is used to cross a river. Once the river has been crossed the raft is of no more use and should be discarded.

Contemplative Practice

Questions

  1. In spiritual practice, what is a “near enemy”? What is a “far enemy”? Give examples.
  2. What are some ways our behavior and lifestyle cause us to avoid reality?
  3. Explain why “giving up hope” does not mean living in hopelessness.
  4. In Buddhist legends, who is Mara? What is the significance of the phrase “I see you Mara”?
  5. What is a spiritual bypass? Give examples.
  6. What is a false refuge? Give examples.
  7. How can “hope” become an impediment to spiritual practice?
  8. Name common mistakes that beginners make. Why is it so easy to make these mistakes?
  9. Explain how we avoid reality by conceptualizing our experiences.
  10. Explain how the chicken and the egg are biological parallels to a psychospiritual developmental process. Give some examples of this.

Prelude 6

The Zen master’s son died, and the master was weeping profusely.

His students were puzzled.

“Master, have you not taught us that all things are impermanent and that life is but a dew drop evaporating in the morning sun?”

Without speaking, he nodded “Yes.”

“Then why are you crying?”

The master finally spoke. “I am crying because I am sad.”

Teaching
6
-
1

Facing Our Demons

Our demons can come in many forms.
The fiercer the demon the greater the freedom on the other side of it!

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you experience a “demon” arising within you, see if you can follow the three-step process illustrated by Milarepa.

From Tibetan Buddhism comes the story of a yogi/saint named Milarepa who lived about a thousand years ago. There are many legends about him. In one story Milarepa is living as a hermit in a small cottage on the side of a mountain. He would go out for long walks every day, and one day when Milarepa returned home he found that while he was gone seven demons had moved into his home!

His first response was to demand that they leave, for this was his home and they had no right to be there! He cried out in a loud voice, and at once three of the demons disappeared. But four remained. He once again shouted for them to leave. Still, the four demons remained.

He then realized that he needed a different tactic, so he smiled and said to them, “Welcome to my home, all that I have is yours;” whereupon three of the four demons disappeared. But the last demon, the biggest and the ugliest of them all remained and continued to rampage around his house.

At a loss for what to do, Milarepa finally said, “You may have not only my home, but my life as well;” and he walked up to the demon and proceeded to place his head in the demon’s mouth. The final demon then disappeared!

This story gives us clues as to how we can work with the “demons” in our own life. Our demons can come in many forms. They may range from a mild nuisance to a life-threatening condition; but they are each a form of suffering. And each one is rooted in craving, aversion, and delusion.

Some demons can be banished quickly once they are recognized. These may include the myriad of stories that we create about “how awful life is” because of a particular condition. Unrecognized these stories can cause much suffering; but when recognized we can simply choose to “not go there this time.” These demons may be defeated quickly if we are alert. The Buddha would sometimes vanquish the demon Mara simply by looking him in the eye and saying, “I see you, Mara!”

But other demons do not disappear quite so quickly. Some will disappear only when we open our hearts and meet them with equanimity. This is often the case with certain emotions or mind states. If we resist sadness, anger, fear, or loneliness they can seem to last forever. But when we meet these states with an open heart and an open mind they will eventually dissolve. If we meet them without identification, without resistance, and without acting them out they will eventually disappear, and we may discover the hidden gift that each one brings.

And then there are the great big demons! These are the chronic issues that can seem to plague us for a lifetime. It may be an addiction, depression, anxiety, chronic illness, or low self-esteem. To vanquish this demon, we must offer all of who we are. The only way to “destroy” this demon is to die to who we believe ourselves to be.

I am not suggesting an attitude of resignation or despair but simply a willingness to face our deepest fear and to “die to the self” to become free. In Twelve-Step recovery programs one admits his or her powerlessness over an addictive substance or behavior. The addict must be willing to die to their former self and to be reborn into sobriety. This process includes taking “a searching and fearless moral inventory” of one’s character and one’s past behavior. This can feel like a process of dismemberment!

In your daily life practice notice the appearance of the demons of craving, aversion, and delusion. Some of these demons may disappear at once simply by taking a deep breath and refusing to engage in a familiar story. Other demons will disappear only over time with the practice of equanimity: allowing the experience to be just as is for as long as it is present. And certain demons will disappear only when we are willing to “die” to our present sense of self and to repeatedly surrender fully into the present moment with no attachment to results.

This can take a lot of courage, and patience; but freedom is possible when we stay fully present in the moment and allow life to unfold as it does. Every demon can eventually be vanquished because each is impermanent and appears real only by delusion in the mind. Clear and sustained awareness dissolves this delusion. The bigger the demon the greater the freedom on the other side of it!

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you experience a “demon” arising within you, see if you can follow the three-step process illustrated by Milarepa.

Teaching
6
-
2

Working With Physical Pain

Begin by bringing a gentle awareness to the area of the pain.
If you cannot meet the pain with nonresistance, then explore the resistance itself.

Contemplative Practice

Remember, pain is in the body; suffering is in the mind. When pain arises see if you can experience the pain without suffering.

Few of us are strangers to physical pain, and those of us who practice meditation will often feel some type of pain or discomfort during our practice –  especially if we are on retreat and have been meditating for several days. There are many reasons why we might experience pain when meditating.

It could be the result of your posture. It’s important to sit in a way that keeps you awake, alert and doesn’t hamper your breathing, and yet does not put undue stress on the body. Generally, the best posture is to sit with the spine straight, with the head aligned with the spine and the shoulders. If you have a medical condition that requires another posture, then it’s important to find a meditation posture that works for you.

The pain you experience may itself be the result of a medical condition. Make sure your condition is not irritated or exacerbated by your posture. If you’re not sure of the cause of your pain and if the pain is persistent even when you’re not doing formal practice, then it’s prudent to seek advice from a health care provider.

The pain you experience could be psychogenetic, which means that its origin is in the mind. When we meditate for longer periods of time, it’s very common for the body to feel sensations that are the result of the mind releasing energy that has been repressed in consciousness – perhaps for a very long time. When this happens, you may also experience some emotions and/or memories arising along with the physical pain. This type of pain usually abates when the sitting ends. If the pain diminishes when you finish your formal practice, then it is likely psychogenetic. Some teachers call this “dharma pain”.

How to meet the pain skillfully? Begin by bringing a gentle awareness to the area of the pain. Can you allow it to be there? Can you accept it, or even welcome it? Notice what happens when you do not resist the pain.

Explore with awareness. Let go of any stories, analysis, and judgment. See if you can even drop the label of “pain” and simply see this as sensations arising. Notice the qualities of the sensation. How large is the area? How intense is the discomfort? What are the characteristics of the sensation? Notice if it is burning, throbbing, aching, squeezing, pinching, stinging, tingling, itching, sharp or dull? What happens as you bring awareness to it? Does it change? In what way?

If you cannot relax or meet the pain with nonresistance, then just explore the resistance itself. Is the resistance in the mind or body? Is it Judgment? Analysis? Planning? Strategizing? Distracting? Tensing? Drop any stories about what should/could happen. Can you make the resistance okay – or is there self-judgment or a story about the experience? If so, then let it go, if you can.

Meet pain with awareness, acceptance, and then relax into it. Drop the story or any judgment. Suffering arises from resistance. Know that’s possible to experience pain without suffering. Pain is in the body; suffering is in the mind.

If the pain seems too intense to endure then find a way to skillfully alleviate the pain without losing awareness. You may slowly shift the posture and notice what happens to the level of pain. Perhaps walking practice may be helpful.

Another strategy you can apply is to focus on areas of the body where there is no pain. You may shift the focus back and forth between the painful area in the body and the area where there is no pain. You may even explore the edges of the pain/no pain area in the body. Always bring a gentle compassion to the pain.

You may also shift awareness to hearing or seeing as your primary object. Mindfulness practice can be focused on any present moment experience. Often, over time, that which seems like intractable pain can lessen, or even disappear – but that should not be your primary intention. The primary intention is always to stay present to your experience in the moment with a clear mind and an open heart.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
6
-
3

Working with Difficult Emotions I

Most emotions are quite natural and are not inherently difficult.
The primary reason we resist emotions is due to conditioning.

Contemplative Practice

Whenever a seemingly difficult emotion arises, look at it and see what makes it difficult. What if you were to simply feel the feelings in the body without any associated story?

Almost everyone has struggled with difficult emotions. It can be incredibly challenging when we feel overwhelmed by feelings that we cannot control. At times like this mindfulness practice may seem like a pipedream!

To work with difficult emotions mindfully we need to discover what it is that makes these emotions difficult. Let’s look at what makes difficult emotions difficult.

Most emotions are quite natural and are not inherently difficult. Just watch young children – they have no trouble at all with their emotions. They simply feel them and express them quite naturally.

The difficulty lies in our resistance to certain emotions. This resistance may sometimes come from other people but as adults the only thing that matters is the resistance that comes from within our own self.

What causes this resistance? I have found three causes (which are not mutually exclusive). First, some emotions are inherently unpleasant. For example, fear, anger, guilt, jealousy, and grief are all accompanied by painful sensations in the body. But painful sensations are not inherently bad, nor are they unbearable. What makes them seem unbearable is the belief that “It shouldn’t be this way!” We often see pain itself as something that’s wrong or bad; we see it as “the enemy,” and as such, we then seek to destroy it.

It’s not wrong to alleviate pain, if it’s possible. But all too often our attempts to eradicate our pain simply suppresses, deflects, or displaces it such that it returns – and often with greater intensity.

What happens if we discover that we cannot escape our pain? We can choose the route of cynicism or depression, or we can realize that pain (as well as pleasure) is an inevitable part of being human. This realization may not diminish our pain, but it will most certainly diminish our suffering.

Another reason that we may resist some emotions is that emotions are not rational – they don’t follow the logic of the thinking mind. We may believe that emotions must have an external cause or that emotions need to be justified or explained. We may tell ourselves that we shouldn’t feel a certain way because we see no reason for it, then we squelch our feelings and push them underground.

Emotions do not need to be justified. Like the weather, they are the result of causes and conditions. Emotions do not need to be acted out, nor do we need a story to justify them. They simply need to be experienced.

The Zen master’s son died, and the master was weeping profusely. His students approached him with many questions about his tears.

“Roshi, did you not teach us that all life is impermanent? Did you not teach us that death is inevitable for everyone?”

“Yes, I did.”

“Then why are you crying?”

“I am crying because I am sad.”

Perhaps the primary reason that we resist emotions is because of our conditioning. We may have been taught by family, peers, and culture that certain emotions are not okay. This “teaching” comes primarily through the role modeling of parents and authority figures. It also comes from the messages we received whenever we expressed certain emotions. “Big boys don’t cry.” “Nice girls don’t get angry.” We developed patterns of resisting our emotions and eventually we didn’t even realize that we were doing it.

These suppressed emotions are often acted out unconsciously or they are stored in the body and can manifest as a variety of physical ailments. Emotions need to be recognized and experienced in a way that is not harmful to our self or others. Mindfulness of emotions is an important part of most any spiritual practice. In our next teaching we will explore some specific ways we can work with difficult emotions.

Contemplative Practice

Whenever a seemingly difficult emotion arises, look at it and see what makes it difficult. What if you were to simply feel the feelings in the body without any associated story?

Teaching
6
-
4

Working with Difficult Emotions II

A particular emotion or mood may be so familiar that we do not recognize it at all.
Find a way to release emotional energy in a non-harmful way.

Contemplative Practice

Become aware of each emotion that you experience. Be aware of your response to the emotion. Notice how (and if) you express this emotion (or not).

Mindfulness practice is being aware of the entire spectrum of your experience in the present moment. A crucial element of this practice is being mindful of emotions, which means recognizing and fully accepting your present emotional state without identifying with or acting out these feelings.

This is challenging when we are experiencing strong emotions or desires because we tend to identify with these intense feelings. It can also be challenging because a particular emotion or mood may be so familiar that we do not recognize it at all.

To work with emotions skillfully there are several things to keep in mind. Some of these “tips” are listed below.

Nonjudgmental awareness is the key to working with difficult emotions. It’s also helpful to name emotions as they arise. See if you can name an emotion as precisely and as accurately as possible (without analyzing it) as soon as it arises. Develop a descriptive vocabulary of the full spectrum of your emotions.

Feeling an emotion fully does not mean that you must act it out. You can feel intense anger without striking out at someone and without suppressing your feelings. You can feel strong fear and yet still act boldly and calmly without suppressing the fear.

Emotions are based on perceptions. Perceptions are not reality. As is well known, ten people seeing a crime or accident will give vastly different accounts of the same event. In a court of law an eyewitness account is generally not considered to be solid evidence.

If we see something that appears dangerous, we will respond with fear even if the appearance turns out to be a total illusion. If I am in the forest and my eyes, see a large bush but my mind perceives this as a grizzly bear then my brain/body will respond with fear.

When you feel an intense emotion it wise to feel it but to not assume that it is always reality-based. When sharing strong emotions with another person it is far better to say, “I saw (or heard) X and now I feel Y”, rather than “When you did X it made me feel Y.” You can honestly share your perceptions and your emotions as your own without making someone else responsible for your experience.

It’s very helpful to be aware of messages that you received from your family of origin regarding emotions–especially those emotions that were taboo in your family. Usually, a taboo is not recognized by those in the family: the forbidden emotions are simply never expressed. If someone were to express this emotion, then family members might respond by shaming or by threatening some form of punishment. e.g., “If you don’t stop crying, I will give you something to cry about.” “Nice girls don’t get angry.” “Big boys don’t cry.” Sometimes the messages are more subtle–such as being silently ignored or shunned by parents or other family members. (That may be even more difficult to deal with!)

A feeling of safety is needed to bring healing to our emotional wounds. It’s very helpful to have a support system of some sort. This could be a counselor or support group. A trusted friend can be of help if he or she can be present to you without commiserating or trying to rescue you or fix you.

Find safe ways to express strong emotions. Find a way to release the energy in a non-harmful way. This could include weeping, shouting, pounding, or kicking. It could also include journaling, voice dialogue, body movement and ritual.

Emotions have both a mental and physical component. That which we experience as an emotion is a combination of a mental belief/perception combined with a physical sensation. If we practice mindfulness of emotions, we can experience each of these components separately.

Imagine you are looking at a large ball of pink yarn from about ten feet away. As you move closer to the yarn and pay careful attention to it you might see that what appeared as pink yarn is made of interwoven red and white threads. (But no pink ones!)

To work with this experientially, let’s imagine that you feel very angry. If you can momentarily drop “the story” about what happened (i.e., let go of thinking about it) and focus completely on the physical sensations in your body you will begin to see the underlying mental processes without attachment to the content (i.e. the story) and without the reactivity.

Practice awareness of craving, aversion, and delusion; this is the key to freedom from suffering. An intense emotion usually has one or more of these factors. Craving is grasping – typically for something pleasant. Aversion is resisting or pushing away an experience – typically something unpleasant. Delusion is perceiving something to be true that is false, i.e., perceiving an illusion to be real. Blaming others or our life circumstances for our suffering is a common form of delusion.

By using this practice of nonjudgmental awareness of your emotions you will release craving, aversion and delusion and can turn a difficult emotion into a pathway that leads to awakening and liberation from suffering!

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
6
-
5

Good Grief

We each have own our pattern and style for grieving.

Contemplative Practice

Try to become aware of any unrecognized feelings of grief. No matter how old these feelings are, let yourself feel them fully. Even if you don’t know the origin of the grief let yourself feel it fully.

Generally, when we consider growth, we think of acquiring something; we think of adding on to what we already have. So, when we embark upon the journey of spiritual growth we tend to think of that growth as “more”. Eventually, we discover that “growth” is more a process of letting go than of acquisition. This is because we already are that which we seek to become but we must release all that stands in the way of that realization. The journey becomes one of letting go; but it’s letting go of that which is not truly real; we are letting go of something that in reality never existed. But to the ego it seems very real, it seems like part of “me” is being lost. That “me" to which I so tenaciously cling is the very thing that prohibits me from realizing what I most deeply want – my own true nature.

When we release something to which we are emotionally attached (real or not) the resulting emotion is grief. Since much of the spiritual journey is about letting go, we need to make friends with grief. To “make friends” with grief doesn’t mean to cling to it or dramatize it. It means to allow it rather than wallow in it.

We each have own our pattern and style for grieving. This pattern is influenced by our culture, our ethnicity, our family background, our age, our gender, and our personal temperament. Many of us have been conditioned to believe that it is not okay to grieve or that grief should be expressed only in certain ways. As a result, many people carry much unresolved grief inside them.

The first step in healthy grieving is to remove any shame that may arise when we grieve. We must learn that it is natural to grieve when we experience a loss, and that we do not need to hide our grief.

Grief consists of an ensemble of emotions: anger, sadness, and often fear, guilt, or regret. Early on, denial is a natural part of the process – especially if the loss is a big one or if the emotional connection to the loss person or object is strong.

Grief has its own timetable; we cannot control the beginning or the ending. Some experiences of grief may seem disproportionate to the objective value of the loss, but there is good reason for this: any loss may trigger unresolved grief from earlier losses; we may be grieving many things at once without realizing it.

Our unmet childhood needs must be grieved to be healed. Grief is the healing feeling. We grieve what we have had and lost, we grieve what we needed but never received; we grieve the lost hopes, dreams, and opportunities that seem gone forever. And as we grow older, we see that our life begins to consist of more losses than gains, more endings than beginnings.

The deepest of all human desire is for the realization of our own true nature –  our innate divinity. Our soul grieves its separation from the divine; feeling that grief is the path of return.

Our poet friend Rumi reminds us repeatedly that the most direct road to God is embracing the pain in our heart.

Don’t run away from grief, o soul

Look for the remedy inside the pain…

because the ROSE came from the thorn

and the RUBY came from a stone.

Contemplative Practice

Try to become aware of any unrecognized feelings of grief. No matter how old these feelings are, let yourself feel them fully. Even if you don’t know the origin of the grief let yourself feel it fully.

Teaching
6
-
6

The Heat of Midnight Tears

There is an ocean of grief awash in our world today.
The Buddha’s message is supremely optimistic.

Contemplative Practice

In your quiet time today open your heart to “Midnight Tears”, whether they be your own or those of another. This will develop compassion.

Listen, my friend, this road is the heart opening,

Kissing his feet, resistance broken, tears all night.

If we could reach the Lord through immersion in water,

I would have asked to be born a fish in this life.

If we could reach Him through nothing but berries and wild nuts,

Then surely the saints would have been monkeys when they came from the womb!

If we could reach him by munching lettuce and dry leaves,

Then the goats would surely go to the Holy One before us!

If the worship of stone statues could bring us all the way,

I would have adored a granite mountain years ago.

Mirabai says: The heat of midnight tears will bring you to God.

Typically, we relate tears to sadness or grief. Midnight could signify grief that’s hidden from the daylight of awareness. Midnight Tears may refer to unattended grief.

There is an ocean of grief awash in our world today, much of which is related to the Covid pandemic. Many people have died alone, many more have faced the agony of not being with a loved one as they lay dying. Economic hardship, loss of work or business, disruption of our normal life structures, as well as political unrest, racism, and violence, have contributed to this sea of grief. Much of this grief is unacknowledged, and much of it is hidden behind anger, aggression, and hatred.

Yet, even during ordinary times human life contains the experience of grief. The pain of death, old age, illness, separation from a loved one, economic loss, and relationships ending is endemic in human life. Also, addiction, domestic abuse, poverty, racism, crime, and violence plague the lives of many of us.

2500 years ago, in India a man named Siddhartha Gautama awakened to the realization that suffering is intrinsic to human life. After many years of meditation and spiritual practice he realized that suffering can be permanently eliminated through diligent spiritual practice. From that insight he developed the Eight-fold Path as a prescription for liberation from suffering. He taught this practice in the context of a doctrine known as The Four Noble Truths.

The First Noble Truth states that suffering is inevitable in ordinary human life. It’s very important for us to note that the word suffering is translated from the Sanskrit word dukkha which has no direct English counterpart.

Dukkha refers to the ever-present dissatisfaction that humans experience. No matter how rich, famous, or powerful one has become, she will still experience a deep unrest inside that says, “Is this all there is?” We can temporarily assuage this sense of dissatisfaction, but it inevitably returns. Nothing in this world of time, space and form can give us permanent satisfaction. Such is life as we know it.

The Buddha once asked his monks, “Which do you think is greater: the water in all of the oceans or the tears you’ve shed while wandering on.” His answer: “Your tears are greater.”

I have heard people say, “Yes, but why focus on suffering? Why not focus on the pleasure and joy in life – even if fleeting. It’s depressing to dwell only on suffering.”  

First, the Buddha is not telling us to ignore pleasure, he would simply say, “Feel pleasure, and be aware of its transitory nature.” There is nothing wrong with pleasure, but you cannot hold on to it for long. Even the most sublime experience will eventually fade away and leave us wanting more or wanting something else.

Second, he is not telling us to ruminate or wallow in suffering. The Buddha is not advocating an “ain’t it awful” story about our suffering. He is simply saying “Be aware of dukkha when it arises in your life….and notice how often it does.” Just sit still and do nothing for an hour….and notice what you experience. Notice how much pleasure arises compared to how much dissatisfaction (dukkha) you experience.

Buddha’s message is supremely optimistic; he is telling us that it’s possible to overcome dukkha and to be free from all suffering. But first we must fully acknowledge dukkha, face it, and feel it. Denial is a primary factor in the continuation of dukkha. As with recovery from addiction, the first step is acknowledgement and understanding the nature of dukkha.

The first step is acknowledgement: recognizing dukkha when it arises. The second step is seeing the cause of dukkha: craving, aversion, delusion. The third step is eliminating dukkha by dissolving its cause. The fourth step is to engage the eight-fold path that dissolves craving, aversion, and delusion.

Overcoming suffering does not mean that you won’t feel sadness or pain when you experience a loss, it simply means that you can accept pain and sadness as an inevitable part of human life, just as much as you can accept pleasure and joy.

Mirabi says, “The heat of midnight tears will bring you to God.” The Buddha would agree, though he used different language. As you accept the inevitability of suffering and engage it with awareness and nonresistance you are using “the heat of midnight tears” to liberate yourself from the shackles of dukkha. Then, you will find God everywhere you go.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
6
-
7

The Epidemic of Loneliness

Loneliness is a serious issue – for all of us.
Ultimately, we discover that what we are seeking is the seeker itself.

Contemplative Practice

When you feel lonely, see if you can identify the type of loneliness that you are experiencing. (Typically, there is more than one.). Instead of distracting yourself with some activity, sense your body and watch your mind.

Are you lonely? If so, you are not alone. (Maybe that should make you less lonely!) All joking aside, loneliness is a serious issue – for all of us.

And, perhaps it’s more widespread than you think. A recent study by Cigna Insurance of 20,000 people in the US found that nearly 50% reported feeling lonely most of the time. And curiously, the age group reporting the highest score for loneliness were the ages 18-37.

One might think that social media would reduce our loneliness, but perhaps the opposite is occurring. In one study of Americans aged 19-32, the top 25% of social media users were twice as likely to report feeling lonely as those using it the least.

And the issue is not limited to Americans. Studies in Japan and the UK show equivalent results. 40% of British surveyed reported that their primary social contact was a pet or their television. This issue is so common that the British government has created a cabinet-level position titled “Minister of Loneliness.”  

Loneliness is not just about how we feel emotionally; there are serious health consequences as well. A 2010 Brigham Young University study found that chronic loneliness significantly decreases one’s life span by the same amount as that of smoking ¾ pack of cigarettes a day. It also leads to a greater risk of many health issues: heart disease, stroke, cancer and others.

Loneliness may be categorized into three general types, which are not mutually exclusive.

The first type could be named Circumstantial Loneliness. This is the loneliness that often arises when we are deprived of being with someone with whom we are emotionally attached. This can occur when someone dies, or a relationship ends. It also arises when we are geographically separated from someone we are accustomed to being with.

This form of loneliness is usually temporary and generally fades away after grieving the loss and adjusting to the new circumstances.

A second form is Psychological Loneliness. This type of loneliness tends to be chronic; it is almost always present to some degree, and generally does not disappear with time. The cause of this form of loneliness is in the past and may have little to do with present circumstances – although it can be worsened by present-time events or circumstances.

The source of this loneliness is generally a lack of appropriate bonding or connection with significant others during our childhood. Parent-figures may have been physically absent or emotionally unable to create healthy bonding with their children. There are many other factors that may contribute to this issue.

The present moment social contact may temporarily cover up this feeling – but it usually returns with time; it’s almost always in the background of one’s awareness.

Generally speaking, some form of therapy is usually necessary. This “therapy” can take many different forms, but it most always requires reviewing one’s personal history, uncovering repressed emotions and unmet needs, and mourning these losses from the past.

The third form of loneliness is so common that it’s generally repressed and unrecognized. This type might be called Existential Loneliness. The cause of this loneliness is a sense of separation from our own essential nature – our true self. This is sometimes referred to as “the human condition” and is present any time one is identified with the ego. The Buddha referred to this condition as “dukkha” –which is often translated as suffering or dissatisfaction.

In this form of loneliness, the individual feels a sense of primal alienation from life itself. This is a very painful experience and is usually covered up through a variety of defense mechanisms. Our lifestyle, our relationships, and our identity itself are shaped by our response to this experience of primal loneliness.

Generally, this form of loneliness can be dissolved only through some form of spiritual practice which acknowledges some type of a Higher Power (which can take many forms.) This Higher Power may be seen as a deity, a belief system, a spiritual practice, or some type of ritual. This form of spirituality is transformative and will radically change our understanding of who we are and why we are alive today.

This practice does not see loneliness itself as the problem but focuses primarily on our awareness and our attitude toward the loneliness. Ultimately, we discover that what we are seeking is the seeker itself. Loneliness is a problem only to the extent that we identify with it and make it real; it is dissolved not by trying to fix it but by seeing its unreality (i.e., emptiness).

“Instead of searching for what you do not have, find out what it is that you have never lost.”  

Contemplative Practice

When you feel lonely, see if you can identify the type of loneliness that you are experiencing. (Typically, there is more than one.). Instead of distracting yourself with some activity, sense your body and watch your mind.

Teaching
6
-
8

Shame I

Guilt says, “You did something bad. Shame says, “You are something bad.”
Shame is readily passed on from generation to generation
Beneath shame often lies anger and grief.

Contemplative Practice

Be aware of any feelings of being bad, defective, deficient, or flawed in any way. Become aware of how subtle and pernicious shame can be. Be observant of shame in our culture.

I want to address the topic of shame. I will talk about how to recognize it, and how to recover from it. I will include spiritual practice as an essential element in the healing process. Let’s start at the beginning.

Humans have four primary emotions that are natural. These emotions are potentially present from birth–and perhaps even earlier. The emotions are fear, anger, sadness, and joy. These four emotions are analogous to the primary colors: other emotions, such as loneliness, jealousy or resentment are mixes or shades of the four primaries.

When we develop an identity as an individual (usually age three or four) then the potential for guilt and shame develops. We call these two the socialized emotions because they are “installed” by our family and culture.

The primary difference between shame and guilt is that guilt references something we did or did not do. Shame is not based upon behavior; it is embedded in our identity itself. Guilt says “You did something bad. Shame says, “You are something bad.”

Guilt may be relieved by making amends, paying restitution, or doing some form of penance. Shame cannot be healed through a particular action. Because it is the result of long-term conditioning it takes considerable work to recover from it.

Shame is an emotion-backed belief that one is defective, inferior, unworthy, or unlovable. The shame-based individual generally has low self-esteem. This low self-esteem is supported by negative self-talk –  most of which is below the level of consciousness.

Shame based individuals often want to hide and are fearful of being seen for who they are. They have difficulty with intimacy and with setting boundaries. Rarely spontaneous, they have trouble being playful or creative.

Shame is sometimes masked by arrogance or aggressiveness; such a person may be perfectionistic, over-competitive or compulsively success driven. Behind the mask of a high achiever is a self he wants no one to see.

Shame is often masked by addiction in the form of substance abuse or a compulsive behavioral pattern. Recovering from addiction usually requires coming to grips with one’s buried sense of shame.

In our culture, there are many potential causes of shame. Physical, sexual, or emotional abuse sows the seeds of shame in a child’s soul. Likewise, abandonment and neglect foster shame – along with many other issues. Abused children become convinced that they are bad and typically believe that they deserve the abuse they receive.

In a shame-based family system, one child often carries the projected shame of the entire family. This allows each of the other family members to deny their own feelings. The family scapegoat or “black sheep” is usually the one who gets into some type of trouble and is often considered the “problem child.” Often this so-called problem child is referred to a psychotherapist or counselor to be “fixed,” when the problem is systemic in the entire family.

Shame is readily passed on from generation to generation; it’s like a psychic virus that can destroy countless lives. Systemic shame goes well beyond the family and can replicate itself within virtually any organizational structure – including an entire nation or culture.

In the broader culture lie several economic and social origins of shame. Poverty, itself difficult, may carry the added burden of shame. Racial and ethnic minorities may feel shame at being different –  and especially so if they are the target of prejudice and discrimination.

We may have shame associated with our body, especially regards its appearance or functioning. Shame is often linked with developmental disabilities – physical or mental. In our culture sexuality is often loaded with shame and guilt. Fortunately, all of this is slowly changing as our cultural attitudes shift around these issues.

Religion is all too often a source of shame and guilt rather than spiritual nourishment. It is tragic that the most crucial element of human life – our spirituality – is riddled with shame and guilt. A reservoir of unhealed religious abuse is rampant in our country. Some of us have been called sinners and told that we “should feel guilty” for our alleged sinfulness. Guilt is considered a virtue in some religious systems. And beyond that, the concept of original sin goes even further and declares that “You are born a sinner, and you are a sinner simply because you exist.” Shame is piled onto to guilt – all in the name of God.

Shame is often projected onto others in the form of ethnic or racial prejudice. Not dealing with his own shame he looks to someone else to carry it for him. Projection is like using others as a trash can to dump the disowned parts of oneself. This can have disastrous consequences.

Shame is complex, subtle, and can originate from many sources. In our rather shame-based culture it can be difficult to recognize. Healing shame is a journey of recovery.

Since shame is characterized by the tendency to hide and to avoid intimate self-disclosure one of the most effective remedies is to do exactly that in a safe and affirming environment. The perceived sins and defects must be brought into the light of day and embraced by another with kindness and without judgment.

Beneath shame there often lies anger and grief. Feeling these emotions is a huge step toward healing the shame. Recognizing self-talk and interrupting negative messages is helpful as well. Self-expression – verbal, written, artistic can be effectual.

Learning how to separate guilt from shame is helpful in healing shame. Guilt can be remedied by taking the right responsibility, making amends, and by forgiveness. And then seeing that making a mistake does not make me a bad person.

Watch for any feeling of being “not okay.” Be alert for any self-talk that wants to make you bad, flawed, or defective. Challenge that voice with a stronger voice that knows that you are inherently good and worthy of being loved and can create a life of success and happiness.

Cultivate relationships with individuals who are affirming and supportive of you. Try to avoid toxic individuals. Don’t let anyone shame you.

Also watch for signs of perfectionism, arrogance, or aggressiveness that might be hiding some underlying shame. Be aware of messages you receive that say you must do, have, or be something other than what you are to be okay or acceptable. It’s okay to set goals, but not achieving a desired goal does not make you a failure.

Finally let’s look at how spiritual practice can help to heal shame.

Awareness is crucial – especially awareness of thoughts and emotions. Being aware of self-talk is essential to changing it. Equanimity –  simply accepting your present experience without judgement – gives you a solid foundation for healing shame.

Community is an essential aspect of spiritual practice. The sangha, church, temple, or mosque should consist of individuals who affirm and support your basic goodness.

Most forms of spiritual practice (not necessarily religious practice) have a premise that you are inherently good and that your essential nature is good, true, and beautiful. This true nature can never be sullied by anyone – including yourself.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
6
-
9

Shame II

Shame is endemic in our culture.
Learn how to separate guilt from shame.

Contemplative Practice

Continue practice from last teaching: Be aware of any feelings of being bad defective, deficient, or flawed in any way. Be observant of shame in our culture. Become aware of how subtle and pernicious shame can be.

Shame is endemic in our culture. As such, it may be difficult to recognize; it is present in hidden ways. Shame can be subtle and may appear in many guises. If we don’t appear a certain way act or appear a particular way, we may feel some shame. We are told that our value is in what we own, or what we know, or the titles we hold. Our culture says that you must prove your worth; just being yourself is not enough. So, we judge ourselves unmercifully in an attempt to be acceptable.

Meditation teacher Sharon Salzburg tells a story about a memorable conversation she had with His Holiness, the Dalai Lama, while she was in India. At one point during an event, she had the opportunity to ask the Dalai Lama a question, so she ventured, “Your Holiness, what do you think about self-hatred? He looked at her seeming confused and asked: “What’s that?” He had no comprehension whatsoever of the concept of self-hatred.

This powerfully sums up a fundamental difference between our Western, ambition-focused value system and the Buddhist moral compass. While Sharon came to meditation as a result of dealing with feelings of inadequacy and self-judgment for her entire adult life, the Dalai Lama didn’t even know what self-hatred meant. When she explained to him the cycle of self-judgment, guilt, unproductive thought patterns  –  he asked her, “How could you ever think of yourself in that way?” and then explained that we all have Buddha-nature and that we are inherently good.

Author John Bradshaw writes, “Toxic shame gives you a sense of worthlessness, a sense of failing and falling short as a human being. Toxic shame is a rupture of the self with the Self.”

Healing from shame is a journey of recovery. While guilt can be relieved by making amends, paying restitution, or doing some form of penance, shame cannot be healed through any particular action. It is the result of long-term conditioning; it takes more time to recover from it.

Shame is an emotion-backed belief that one is defective, inferior, unworthy, or unlovable. It’s characterized by a tendency to hide and to avoid intimate self-disclosure. One of the most effective remedies for shame is to experience being seen and deeply heard in a safe and affirming environment. One’s perceived badness and defectiveness must be brought into the light of day, and then embraced with acceptance and kindness. To love oneself we may have to experience love from others first.

We seldom recover in isolation. One of the hidden dangers in the recovery process is that the shame-based person may try to go it alone. “I can do this myself – there’s no reason to hang out my dirty laundry for everyone to see.” Going it alone rarely ever works; ultimately, we must learn to love all aspects of our self. Yet, the shamed-based individual has no idea what that even means or how to begin…it’s somewhat like the Dalai Lama’s situation in reverse.

A shame-based individual generally has low self-esteem. This low self-esteem is maintained by negative self-talk –  most of which is below the level of consciousness. Recognizing this self-talk and interrupting the negative messages is immensely helpful. Likewise, recognizing and challenging faulty thinking patterns may be necessary. For example, “Just because someone does not like me does not mean that I am a bad person.”

Learn how to separate guilt from shame. It’s crucial to realize that “making a mistake does not make me a mistake.” Feelings of anger or grief may lie beneath the shame. Accepting these emotions and listening to them is a big step toward healing shame. Self-expression – verbal, written or artistic – can also be helpful, if no self-judgment is applied.

Watch for any feeling of being “not okay.” Be alert for any self-talk that wants to make you bad, flawed, or defective. Challenge that voice with a stronger voice that knows that you are inherently good and worthy of love. Cultivate relationships with individuals who are affirming and supportive of you. Try to avoid toxic individuals. And don’t ever let anyone shame you.

Watch for signs of perfectionism, arrogance, or aggressiveness that might be hiding some underlying shame. It’s good to set goals, but if you don’t achieve a desired goal, it does not make you a failure in any way whatsoever. Be aware of any self-talk that says, “In order to be okay or acceptable, I must do, have, or be something other than what I am right now”.

And finally, spiritual practice can help to heal shame. Awareness is crucial – especially awareness of thoughts and emotions. Being aware of self-talk is essential to changing it. And, simply accepting every experience – without judgment – gives you a solid foundation for healing shame.

Most forms of spiritual practice have the premise that your essential nature is good, true, and beautiful. This true nature can never be sullied by anyone – including yourself. Your spiritual practice is an expression of your basic goodness; never allow shame to cloud or to disrupt it.

Finally, remember that patience is the highest form of faith. You don’t need to beat yourself up by striving, pushing, or trying to control your healing process. Know that your true self is in charge and that it will bring you home to itself – one step at a time.

Community is an essential aspect of spiritual practice. Your sangha, church, temple, or tribe should consist of individuals who affirm and support your basic goodness. Look for every opportunity to see that within yourself.

Contemplative Practice

Continue practice from last teaching: Be aware of any feelings of being bad defective, deficient, or flawed in any way. Be observant of shame in our culture. Become aware of how subtle and pernicious shame can be.

Teaching
6
-
10

Betrayal

Betrayal is a broken trust.
As the spiritual journey unfolds, we shed old identities, and we break old covenants.

Contemplative Practice

Review your life and look for feelings of having been betrayal Look at times when you have felt like the betrayer. Recall and identify when you’ve misplaced your trust. Notice the emotions and physical sensations that arise.

When you hear the word, “betrayal,” what comes to your mind? Some might think of an unfaithful spouse or of someone who has betrayed their country. For many this word is loaded with personal memories and strong emotions.

The experience of betrayal will almost always show up for you – in some way – when you do a spiritual practice. Let’s examine why this is so.

Betrayal is a broken trust. We feel betrayed when we trust in someone or something (person, group, or deity), and we perceive that this trust has been violated in some way. This is very painful. The deeper the trust, the deeper the pain.

We usually feel that it’s a person or an organization that has betrayed us, but actually what’s betrayed is a contract that we have (or believe that we have) with another party. This contract is an agreement (which is often unspoken) between two or more parties. The contract usually involves a “quid pro quo” which means that we agree to do something in exchange for something that we receive. Once again, it is often unspoken and much of the time it is implicit and assumed. This unspoken agreement can also lead us into (unspoken) expectations and frustration when those expectations are not met.

As you engage in spiritual practice, long forgotten memories will arise into awareness – and most likely, a betrayal is among them. We discover ways that we felt betrayed by parents, family, friends, lovers, spouses, colleagues, clergy, God, teachers, politicians, doctors, police, etc. Once again, the deeper the trust, the deeper the pain that we feel.

We may also feel betrayed by our culture; specifically, we feel betrayed by some of the cultural messages that we have unknowingly received, believed, and lived for many decades. We may have invested a great deal in climbing the ladder of material success or accumulating academic degrees because we believed that this would lead to satisfaction and happiness. It didn’t. We can feel deeply disenchanted and very angry when we uncover this experience.

We may have believed that having the “perfect family” or “perfect spouse” would lead to living happily ever after. We may have invested our identity into creating this ideal only to find that a) perfect families exist only in the 1950’s era television shows, and b) all relationships change – and eventually end. This realization can open us to deep grief and a profound sense of emptiness.

As the spiritual journey unfolds, we shed old identities and associations, and we break old covenants. We break the (unwritten) rules given to us by our family, our religion, our culture and perhaps the many subcultures that have strongly influenced us. Now you are the “betrayer.” Our family and our old friends may feel betrayed because “you aren’t the person you use to be.” This can lead to being (or feeling) estranged and a feeling of being an outcast. Some relationships may be permanently broken and those that do survive may no longer carry the same depth of meaning for us. We may then experience feelings of guilt, loneliness, and sense of emptiness.

What is a skillful response to this?

Recognize what you feel – and name the feelings if you can. Recognizing and naming feelings can help you to untangle yourself from your emotions. It can help you to observe your emotions rather than feeling controlled by them.

When you feel that you have been betrayed then try to identify your contract (unspoken expectation) with the perceived betrayer. This is the belief under which you have been operating in the relationship. You probably were not aware of this until now.

Allow yourself to feel your emotions fully – and notice physical sensations as well. Feeling the emotions in your body is the key to healing. Sometimes it’s also helpful take action to express emotions in a nonharmful way. Running, screaming, crying, pounding, writing, dancing, drawing etc. can be helpful as long as you stay present to your body at the same time.

Bring clear awareness and complete acceptance to whatever you experience. Remember that there is no “should” when it comes to your emotions. Emotions are not rational, and they do not need to be justified. You are not always responsible for what you feel, but you are always responsible for how you manage your emotions.

Also, remember the difference between anger and blame or condemnation. Anger is a feeling in the present moment. Blame is an emotion backed belief that keeps you tethered to the past. Forgiveness releases you from bondage to the past.

Contemplative Practice

Questions

  1. What are some skillful strategies to employ when you encounter physical pain?
  2. Name some characteristics of emotions that are helpful to understand in order to work with them skillfully.
  3. Name some of the emotions that are part of the grief process.
  4. How is it that ‘The Heat Midnight Tears” will bring us closer to God?
  5. Describe three types of loneliness.
  6. How would you define shame? What is the difference between shame and guilt?
  7. Give a simple definition of betrayal.
  8. What does the story of Milarepa tell us about working with our personal demons?
  9. Why is loneliness of such epidemic proportions in our world today?
  10. What are some skillful strategies to employ when you experience painful emotions?

Prelude 7

Milarepa was a hermit who lived on the side of a mountain. He would routinely go for long walks on the mountain trails. One day when he returned from one of his walks, he saw that his home had been taken over by seven demons.

Upon seeing this, his first impulse was to take back his home by shouting, “Get out of here. You don't belong here. This is MY home!”

Whereupon three demons left.

Milarepa repeated this to the remaining demons, but to no avail. The demons would not leave.

Milarepa saw that he needed to make peace with these demons. He said “Welcome to my home. All that I have is yours.”

Whereupon three more demons left.

But the biggest, meanest, ugliest demon remained. Nothing that Milarepa could do would make it leave.

Finally, Milarepa said to the demon, “Not only is my home yours, but my life is yours as well.”

He then put his head in the demon’s mouth.

Whereupon the last demon left.

Teaching
7
-
1

When Things Fall Apart

Times of upheaval can be extraordinary opportunities for personal and social transformation.

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you experience any type of breakdown or disappointment let yourself be open to the possibility of something new emerging. Record in your journal the times in your life you can recall this happening in the past.

Whether it is your personal world or the entire world that appears to be falling apart, it is a very difficult experience for any of us.

Paradoxically, these times of upheaval can be extraordinary opportunities for personal and social transformation – if we engage them with great skill and wisdom.

The skill needed is to be willing and able to experience your inner and outer worlds with clear awareness and with an open heart – and without creating a story about what is occurring. The “story” is typically one of blame or victimization. It’s often a form of “I told you so.” This story usually reinforces your sense of identity.

The wisdom needed is to recognize that our distress is caused not so much by change itself as it is the threat to your sense of identity that change can foster. What is really falling apart is your internal belief structures. The deepest of these belief structures is your sense of self-identity.

Your sense of self is internal, but it is also projected outward onto other persons, organizations, and the world around you. When there are changes in these external projections of self then changes in the world can create the feeling that your identity is falling apart.

When relationships, careers or social structures end it can feel as if part of you has died. If a person identifies with his career and this identification supports his sense of worthiness and self-esteem, then when the career ends, so may his feeling of value and self-esteem. He may then sink into a deep depression. When someone experiences a divorce, she will often experience a sense of deep loneliness and sense of not being loveable or accepted by others. This too can result in feeling very depressed.

If you can consciously allow yourself to experience these feelings without becoming lost in them, then a much deeper sense of self will eventually emerge – a self that is not defined by others or by the world. You then experience your essential nature more directly and you will function more freely in your everyday life.

This process essentially reverses the ego-construction process by which your true nature became identified with a limited sense of self defined by external factors. This occurs in your childhood. By the time we reach adulthood your essential nature is trapped in several layers of identification that stifles our freedom, your creativity, and your ability to love unconditionally.

These layers of identification are usually supported by external circumstances. You then live with the fear of losing this external support. And when these supports break down, you may suffer greatly.

If you bring awareness and nonresistance to your suffering, then you begin the process of transformation. This can be very painful, but it is ultimately very freeing.

The key is to stay aware, to stay open to change, to be willing to experience discomfort and to trust the process as it unfolds.

Be the observer of it all. The observer is not touched by any change – it is the doorway to our true self. As your identity shifts to the witness-self, the breakdowns, and the experiences of falling apart are seen as opportunities to be freed from the prison of the ego and to experience true nature more clearly and directly.

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you experience any type of breakdown or disappointment let yourself be open to the possibility of something new emerging. Record in your journal the times in your life you can recall this happening in the past.

Teaching
7
-
2

Practicing Mindfulness in Difficult Times

Events in the world can trigger the samskaras--but the events themselves are not the cause.
If there is resistance to a painful experience, then suffering is inevitable.

Contemplative Practice

Before you take any consequential action, stop and become aware of your intention. Whenever you do act, be clear of your intention.

At times we have experiences that feel very difficult – physical illness, loss of a loved one, economic hardships, social or political turmoil. Most everyone would agree that these experiences are inherently difficult to deal with. And yet, it’s very important to remind yourself that you live in two worlds: the external, objective world, and an internal, subjective world – the world of thoughts, feelings, and beliefs.

Objectively, in the world of time, space, and form, you can experience pain and loss, but how much you suffer depends less on external events than on your internal response to these events. You may or may not be able to change the objective circumstances in your life, but you always have an immense influence over your subjective world.

One can easily be seduced into believing that our inner world is a perfect mirror that accurately reflects the external, objective world. It can be, but for most of us there are distortions in that mirror. These distortions are usually caused by past conditioning. We don’t see the world as it is, but as it appears through the distorted mirror of the conditioned mind.

These distortions (samskaras) will cause suffering if you believe the distorted reflections are objectively true. You will then believe that an outer event or circumstance is the actual cause of your suffering.

External circumstances and events in the world can trigger the samskaras – but the events themselves are not the cause. It’s very important to remember this distinction, otherwise you may experience much suffering.

To give a rather graphic analogy: if you were to step on a landmine it would explode and cause much pain. The cause of the explosion is not the step that you took, but the landmine itself. The step was the trigger – but not the ultimate cause. So, it is with all the “blow-ups” in your life: the external event can trigger suffering only if the true cause is already present within you.

In practice we can “get out of the way” of the exploding mine before we are injured. The key is to be aware of the difficult experiences and when pain occurs to not engage in the mind’s reactivity. Notice the pain and let yourself feel it fully –  if you can. Pain, met with awareness and nonresistance, is like the landmine exploding harmlessly, when you are well out of the way. This doesn’t mean the pain will necessarily disappear, but the suffering will. Pain, without suffering, is just another experience that passes through you; it is impermanent.

But if there is resistance to the painful experience then suffering is inevitable. And the suffering is seldom confined to yourself. It’s very easy to then project the cause of suffering outward – seeing another as the cause of your suffering and then labelling them “the enemy.” If you act from this mindset then you end up inflicting more suffering upon others, as well as upon yourself. This happens collectively, between tribes and nations, as well. This dynamic has caused immeasurable suffering throughout human history.

Some people see this dynamic at work and choose to adopt a strategy of being objectively passive – refusing to engage in any form of warfare or military action. This is far better than unconsciously inflicting harm upon others, but it may not always be the wisest choice.

It’s better to first be subjectively passive –  practicing nonresistance internally –  then you can choose the optimal objective response. To be subjectively passive means facing, feeling, and nonresisting all your inner experiences – and then choosing the right action. Action can then be taken mindfully and with clear intention.

Joseph Campbell tells the story of a samurai warrior…

A samurai warrior, a Japanese warrior, had the duty to avenge the murder of his overlord. And after a time, he found and cornered the man who had murdered his overlord. He was about to deal with him with his samurai sword, when this man in the corner, in the passion of terror, spat in his face. And the samurai sheathed the sword and walked away!

Why? Because he was made angry, and if he had killed that man then, it would have been a personal act, another kind of act, that’s not what he had come to do.

If he had killed the overlord, it would have been from an unconscious response to the anger. The warrior sheathed his sword because he knew that he had to deal with his anger before he acted objectively –  his act would no longer be conscious and intentional.

Refrain from the impulse to act automatically by first attending to your internal experience. Let your emotions play out before you act. And then when you do act, act intentionally – with integrity, and with no regret.

Do you have the patience to wait?

until your mud settles and the water is clear?

Can you remain unmoving?

until the right action arises by itself?

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
7
-
3

Finding the Wisdom in Anger

With true compassion we do not lose our sense of self, we keep our own identity.
With compassion we face suffering to end suffering.

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you perceive suffering notice what you feel. See if you can pause and open your heart with compassion.

It may be difficult for you to think that anger has any wisdom in it. You, like many of us, may equate anger with violence, abuse or bullying. And, like many of us, you may have experienced anger only in its harmful and destructive form. Many of us have been hurt by this expression of anger.

Because this view of anger is so prevalent, many of us have learned to deny or suppress our anger. And as spiritual seekers, we may tend to see anger as “unspiritual” and anathema to the love that we want to express.

But anger, when denied or repressed, can lead to a great many difficulties. Repressed anger can morph into depression, anxiety, and a variety of physical ailments. It can appear as passive-aggressive behavior. This is when someone acts out their buried anger in passive ways –  such as being late or not showing up for appointments, not keeping promises, or not taking responsibility for one’s decisions.

A healthy response to anger is neither repression nor acting it out. A healthy response to anger is to feel it (physically and emotionally) and to focus on your own internal experience rather than the transgressions of another. (Sometimes it is helpful to discharge the anger in a nonharmful way. This does not dissolve the anger, but it can help you to calm down and gain some clarity.)

This doesn’t mean that you must always absolve others of accountability or facing the consequences of their behavior. And it does not mean that the issue is “all yours” either. (We can mistakenly believe that the problem is either “all theirs” or “all mine”. Always consider both the subjective and objective aspects of every situation involving anger.)  Unless immediate action is mandatory, it’s better to look inward first; then if you do act, it’s more likely to be a conscious response rather than an unconscious reaction.

Explore this experience called “anger.” Focus first on your own physical experience. “What do you feel in the body?” Allow whatever is present to be there. Stay with it for a while. Breathe.

Then explore the statement in the anger. What words arise? Initially they may be focused on the other. (EG they shouldn’t have done that… etc.). Try to shift the focus to your own personal experience. (EG, I think… I want… I need …) See what needs or desires are embedded in the anger. Identify and feel these desires fully.

As you feel the desire directly and fully (without focusing on the object of desire) you may become aware of a memory, belief or conditioning that surrounds the desire itself. You will eventually experience a wound that has blocked you from making choices or taking action that will fulfill this desire. (It’s not the wound itself, but our avoidance of it that’s the blockage.)

Once again, the key is to be aware of your experience and allowing it to be there without acting on it or being lost in a story that the mind is spinning. This process will eventually lead to a much deeper fulfillment of the desire than you could receive from anything outside yourself. You can find within yourself that which you were seeking from another – and much more.

This practice will also give you the ability to say “No” to what you don’t need; it can help you set boundaries that are appropriate for your life.

Anger can be the fuel that propels you to stretch and to grow beyond your present comfort zone. It can energize you to make the needed changes in your life – and (perhaps) in the world.

Returning to the issue of addressing anger within the context of spiritual practice: A Buddhist practitioner might ask the following questions:

Isn’t anger aversion?

Isn’t desire craving?

Aren’t craving and aversion causes of suffering?

Shouldn’t I try to let go of craving and aversion?

The answers are Yes, Yes, Yes and No.

You can’t let go of craving and aversion by trying to let go of craving and aversion. “Trying” simply fosters more craving and more aversion. Craving and aversion will cease when we see clearly what it is and allow it to be – just as it is.

Anger disappears when you gain insight into how the anger arises and when you see what’s behind it; the anger then transforms into wisdom and power. Skillful awareness of anger can lead to awakening into a new dimension of your life.

Finally, a lesson on anger from Mahatma Gandhi:

I have learnt through bitter experience this one supreme lesson: to conserve my anger, and as heat conserved is transmuted into energy, even so our anger controlled can be transmuted into a power which can move the world.

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you perceive suffering notice what you feel. See if you can pause and open your heart with compassion.

Teaching
7
-
4

The Dharma and the Drama

Choosing to practice Dharma leads to expanded awareness and freedom from suffering.

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you find yourself getting caught up in drama, stop, take a deep breath and remember that you can choose Dharma over the drama.  You are.

If I were to give a subtitle to this lesson it would be “choose only one.” They are mutually exclusive.

The Dharma is teaching and the practice of the four Noble truths. Drama on the other hand could be defined as an exciting and emotional series of events or set of circumstances.

Choosing to practice Dharma leads to expanded awareness and freedom from suffering. Choosing to practice the drama leads to diminished awareness and ultimately to greater suffering.

In this lesson we address three questions:

How to recognize drama?

Why do we choose drama?

How to move from drama to Dharma?

One way to recognize drama is to look for three characteristics that are present in almost every drama. These characteristics consist of three roles that are present in most every drama. Every drama consists of a Villain and a Victim. Most dramas also have a character known as the Hero or Rescuer. These roles are fluid and interchangeable such that the Villain can often morph into the Victim or the Hero. So it is with the other roles. The roles are basically fixed but the people playing them can change quite rapidly.

The classic example is that of the man who is criticized by his boss. Here, the boss is the Villain, and the man is the Victim. The man goes home and snaps at his wife. So, he now becomes the Villain, and his wife becomes the Victim. The wife then yells at the children. The wife is the Villain, the children the Victim. The children (Villain) then kick the dog. (Victim) The dog (Villain) then bites the mail carrier (Victim). And on and on it goes.

Why would we choose the drama? There may be several reasons.

One is that it may be familiar. We may have grown up in a family system where drama was a way of life, so it becomes the only way we know of relating to one another.

Another reason is that it can generate a (false) sense of aliveness in the players. It may also confirm the ego identity and the stories that we use to define ourselves and our lives. All of these and more can be the reason we engage in a drama.

When we’re caught up in drama how can we shift from the drama to the Dharma? The first step is to recognize that we are caught up in the drama. We can do this by recognizing what role we have adopted in this drama and then step outside of it – – refusing to play the game any longer. And the third step is to remember who you really are. Remember your radiant true nature, return to it, it is your home.

Remember that the less awareness there is in our interactions, the more likely we are to get caught up in drama. The more awareness there is in our interacting with others, the greater the opportunity to practice the Dharma.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
7
-
5

Dancing With Chaos

Chaos is an opportunity for a new birth.

Contemplative Practice

Notice your conditioned response to chaos. See if you can make the choice to open and allow – even if it means facing some anxiety.

When you hear the word chaos what do you think of…confusion… turmoil…. danger?

What if you were to see it as an opportunity?

The spiritual practice of Dancing with Chaos is exactly that: seeing chaos as an opportunity for transformation.

To engage the practice of Dancing with Chaos, we must first re-educate ourselves in the meaning of the word. The word chaos comes from the Greek word khaos which means “formless primordial space.” This refers to the Greek myth in which Gaia (Earth) was formed from khaos. Our earth was formed from chaos; our solar system, our galaxy, our universe was formed from chaos.

Chaos is an opportunity for a new birth. The philosopher Nietzsche wrote “One must allow chaos within oneself to give birth to a dancing star.”

The practice of Dancing with Chaos is that of using chaotic life circumstances (internal or external) to birth a new life; it means opening to chaos rather than recoiling from it or trying to control it. Dancing with Chaos is a skillful surrender into the experience of chaos.

To Dance with Chaos means to find its rhythm and to move with it. Chaos may seem to have no rhythm, but the science of Chaos Theory shows us that within the appearance of chaos lies a hidden order that is quite profound…and quite beautiful! This hidden order emerges from within the chaos itself if we have the eyes to see it.

Dancing with chaos rather than trying to control it will frighten the ego; it undermines the ego’s illusion of control. Letting go feels like loss, and even like death.

In a way, it is a death, but not the death of anything real; it is the death of an illusion. To the caterpillar, entering its cocoon and gradually turning into mush might look like death, but it’s the birth into a new way of being. The caterpillar dies (or so it seems) and it is gone – yet it lives on in the butterfly, in a way that would be incomprehensible to a caterpillar.

The obvious enemy of this practice is the ego’s attempt to control or destroy chaos to restore its illusory comfort. But there is another (near) enemy which is much more subtle; it may masquerade as practice itself – but is not. Some folks seem to live their life in eternal chaos because they unconsciously create confusion through poor communications, unclear boundaries, or an unwillingness to make responsible choices. They may do this because it feels familiar, or it may be a way of manipulating others – or for any number of other reasons. This is not the practice of Dancing with Chaos.

You need not try to create chaos or to perpetuate it; strive to live an orderly and responsible life, but when your life brings chaos unbidden, see it as an opportunity to dance with it rather than resist. You can see chaos as a way that the universe is seeking to evolve through you. Be curious; open and look for what is seeking to emerge – and dance.

Contemplative Practice

Notice your conditioned response to chaos. See if you can make the choice to open and allow – even if it means facing some anxiety.

Teaching
7
-
6

When it’s Necessary to Act

What state of mind gives birth to your desire to act?

Contemplative Practice

Review the actions you’ve taken during the day. How many have come from wisdom and/or compassion? How many of your actions have not?

At times we are confronted with circumstances that require us to take some form of action. We may find ourselves confronted with the question, “How do I know if I should act….and how do I know what actions are skillful?

These are good questions, but rather than look at what or how, first turn to the question of why; look at the motivation that is urging you to act. What state of mind gives birth to the desire to act? What is compelling you to act? Does your mind hold fear, anger, greed, or attachment? Have you considered the potential impact of your action?

If you act from suffering, then your act will likely result in more suffering for yourself and for others. If you are experiencing any form of suffering, then it is crucial to deal with this directly, before acting.

You can avoid a considerable amount of suffering by experiencing your feelings fully without acting them out. Also, examine your beliefs and your mind state before you act. It’s important to be completely honest.

I am not suggesting that all your problems are entirely your fault and that no one else is responsible. Others can affect your life circumstances, but you are always responsible for your response to these conditions.

Getting lost in blame and fault-finding is a formula for suffering. If you act out of resistance to suffering, you will simply create more suffering – for yourself and for others. This cycle of resistance, suffering, and more resistance can be virtually endless. (This is samsara: the endless cycle of suffering that feeds continuous rebirth.) Before you act, ask yourself, “Do I wish to perpetuate suffering or to dissolve it?.” After seeing your mind state clearly and thoroughly you may decide that nothing needs to be done.

If you find that it is necessary to take action, then first ask yourself, “Is this the right time to act?” Then ask yourself, “Am I are the right person to do this.” If it is yours to do, then when it’s time to act, do it decisively and then release all attachment to the outcome.

This is rarely easy, but if you’re willing to do this, it will open you to your innate wisdom that will guide you to the optimal outcome –  which may be even better than you expected. If you can join others who are doing the same, then you will collectively have access to a wealth of wisdom and compassion. This process can be an immensely powerful force for change!

History shows that the deepest and most enduring changes arise not from hatred but from wisdom and from love. (EGS Jesus of Nazareth; Siddhartha Gautama; Mohandas Gandhi; Martin Luther King; Nelson Mandela). Love can be very fierce in its confrontation with oppression, but always that fierceness is a skillful means rather than a desire to harm or avenge. Notice how you feel when you act. Be true to yourself and in integrity with your own soul.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
7
-
7

The Valley of the Shadow of Death

Notice what you feel when you see a beggar on the street corner.
With true compassion we do not lose our sense of self; we keep our own identity.
With compassion we face suffering to end suffering.

Contemplative Practice

When you intend to act from compassion see if you can be certain that you’re not acting from pity or guilt. Be aware of your true intention.

Written during the COVID-19 Pandemic

These words from the 23rd Psalm are typically used in a metaphorical sense but now they seem more real. Death, disease, and suffering are all around us. Many of us have become prisoners in our own home; others are risking their lives to earn a living. Many are grieving the loss of loved ones. Many are grieving the loss of their income, job, or business. Death and the shadow of death abounds. As of July 2023, the USA has lost 1.1 million of its citizens to the COVID-19 virus.

But even before the virus appeared, all was not well. The shadow of death was very much present, but it seemed not as contagious. Over 20,000 individuals were killed by gun violence. Nearly 50,000 people killed themselves. Nearly 80,000 people died from opioid overdoses. More than 10 million individuals (mostly women) were physically assaulted by their domestic partners.

I am not trying to ruin your day, but this is happening right now –  some of it in your own neighborhood. Yet, we are not as frightened by these numbers because most of us believe we are immune to these maladies. It is sad; but it is someone else’s sadness.

Yes, many remarkable things are being done by many heroic (and ordinary) individuals; and we do have the potential to heal and to transform our world. But healing will not occur until we address the reality of our life as it is right now.

Some might be thinking, “How can I look at all of this without falling into despair?” “How can I remain positive when all of this is in my face?”  “How can this be addressed so that we can be a better people?”

The answer – in a word – is compassion.

Compassion…what is it?

It can be many things – it is too big to be pinned down by a single definition. We might best understand it by first looking at what it is not.

It is not pity. Pity sees the other as a victim and sees myself as a hero or savior:  I might even feel a sense of superiority. Pity secretly says, “Thank God that’s not me.”

Just notice what you feel when you see a beggar on the street corner. Of course, not everyone will feel the same thing, but it is immensely helpful to notice your own feelings rather than trying figure how much to give or to justify (to yourself) not giving anything. It may be uncomfortable to do this – but it is very revealing. And what is revealed can be healed.

Compassion is not guilt. Sometimes we respond to suffering from a feeling of guilt; we may offer help to others just to assuage our own guilt. Or perhaps we feel guilty if we choose not to help someone out. Compassion is not predicated upon any action or inaction; it is an internal state. We may act with compassion, but whether we do or do not we are not motivated by guilt or pity.

Compassion is not a feeling of depression or despair. We may believe that if we feel terrible enough then we have done our duty. Or we may be vicariously living out repressed feelings of depression or despair by projecting it onto another.

Some individuals find that they will unconsciously merge with the feelings of another person. They may feel what others are feeling –  but lose themselves in that feeling. They seem unable to differentiate between their own feelings and those of another. This is not compassion.

With true compassion we do not lose our sense of self; we keep our own identity. We have can boundaries, but the boundaries are flexible and can be opened if we choose – or we can close them when necessary. Healthy boundaries are more like a gate than a wall.

So, what is compassion? I cannot define it, but I can suggest ways in which you can experience it for yourself.

Compassion begins by being willing to feel – to first feel the depths of your own pain. Do this without internal commentary or interpretation of your experience if you are able. Do not compare this experience with anything in the past or something hoped for in the future. Watch out for overtones of self-pity, resentment, or idealism. Simply be willing to feel what you feel without adding anything to it; open your heart to all of it. Be kind to yourself; listen to your body and gently accept all the places that hurt.

Strange as it may sound, when you are willing to feel pain in this way you diminish your suffering. You will experience the difference between pain and suffering. You will see the difference between that which is inevitable and that which you can avoid. The difference is vast – and it changes everything.

Compassion is a way to overcome suffering. With compassion you face suffering to end suffering; first your own and then that of others. As you do this you will see that suffering is not your personal possession, and it is not your fault. Much of our suffering is due to the belief that we are alone or that something is wrong with us. When suffering is recognized as universal it morphs into compassion.

Much suffering arises when we try to hide our pain, out of shame or the fear of rejection. We need not hide our suffering – nor need we wear it as a badge of honor, pointing to our specialness. (No one has suffered as much as I have!)

When you stop trying to manipulate suffering it lessens immediately. Compassion is simply choosing to keep your heart open as you walk through the dark valley…one step at a time. Compassion is one of the most powerful forces for healing there is.

Grief can be the garden of compassion if you keep your heart open through everything. Your pain can become your greatest ally in your life’s search for love and wisdom.

Rumi

Contemplative Practice

When you intend to act from compassion see if you can be certain that you’re not acting from pity or guilt. Be aware of your true intention.

Teaching
7
-
8

Turning Poison into Medicine

Be able to respond with conscious choice rather than react from past conditioning.

Contemplative Practice

In your daily life look for opportunities to practice ROAR. With practice, it will eventually become more natural to do this.

A few years ago, I had surgery that resulted in many serious complications. My midsection had become filled with many pockets of infection, some of which were resistant to any known antibiotic. My physicians were very concerned.

A medical specialist was called in to look at this. He took samples of the septic material inside my body and cultivated these in his laboratory. From the samples he developed an antibody specific to the bacteria in the culture. The antibiotic was administered intravenously for several weeks. It took a while for the new antibiotic to work – but it did! After six weeks the infection was completely gone.

I now want to talk about how you can do something similar when working with the poisons of the mind: craving, aversion, and delusion. I want to tell you how to turn poison into medicine.

The process I will describe has the acronym: ROAR. The steps should be engaged initially in the sequence shown:  R-O-A-R; then you may repeat any of the previous steps.

R stands for Recognize. Recognize craving/aversion. To do this you must release (at least momentarily) your focus on the external object that triggered a negative reaction. Don’t focus on the (presumed) external cause, but on the (internal) poison itself – which is craving/aversion/delusion. This begins to dissolve delusion, which is (in part) your perception that the cause of your reaction is outside of yourself.

O stands for Observe. Observe your experience of craving/aversion without prejudice, that is, without any preconceived ideas. Face the experience directly without an agenda. Be as objective as you can be. This objectivity is the antidote for delusion.

A is for Apply. Apply the remedy to craving/aversion /delusion. This means to meet the experience with equanimity. Equanimity begins by allowing the internal experience to be just as it is. Then make friends with the experience – welcome it into your heart. Be equally open to the experience staying or disappearing. Do this for every (internal) experience: pleasant, unpleasant, or neutral; intense or subtle; physical, mental, or emotional.

If craving is chronic and persistent then practicing generosity can be an effective remedy. This helps you to focus on what you can give, rather than on what seems to be lacking. Give what you most want – love, money, acknowledgement etc.

If aversion is persistent then the practice of kindness, benevolence and opening the heart can be helpful. Open your heart and welcome every experience –  as well as every person –  in your life.

R is for Release. Release may occur automatically with the first three steps. Yet sometimes you may need to remind yourself to breathe, relax and let go. Let go of the past, let go of the future and return awareness to the present moment. Relax the mental or physical contractions and open into life as it is in this moment.

If you do need to take action, then it is far better to do it with a clear mind and an open heart. As fear, anger and delusion dissolves you will have greater access to your innate wisdom – your own Buddha-Nature. You are then able to respond with conscious choice rather than react from past conditioning. When living in awareness of the Buddha nature, you will always know exactly what to do and when to do it.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
7
-
9

The Sacred Wound

A “sacred wound” is a wound that opens us to a deeper, more sacred place within oneself.
Betrayal always involves a broken trust.

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you experience being wounded (physical or psychological) see if you can apply these principles to make it a sacred wound-- thus using it to discover a very sacred place within yourself.

No one wants to be wounded, yet almost everyone is at one time or another. Some wounds are small, some are very large. Some wounds are physical, some are psychological, and some are both. All wounds require healing; psychological wounds are usually more complex and take longer to heal. For example, an abused child will feel the psychological wounds long after his physical wounds heal.

Our relationship to our pain is a key factor in how well the wound heals and whether it becomes a “sacred wound.” A “sacred wound” is a wound that opens us up to a deeper and more sacred place within our self – it opens us to our own soul. Our broken humanness is an opportunity for the soul to reveal herself. The broken places may allow our inner light to shine through.

Our deeper psychological wounds often involve some form of betrayal. A betrayal always involves a broken trust. The deeper the trust, the deeper the betrayal – and the deeper the wound. The deeper the wound, the greater the possible blessing.

Children innately trust adults, especially parents, relatives, teachers and (sometimes) clergy. When one of these is the perpetrator of abuse there will be a deep wound in the child’s psyche and the healing process will be long and complex.

Virtually every sage and saint has been betrayed by someone in their lifetime; and in most cases, he himself has been seen as a betrayer. Jesus of Nazareth was famously betrayed by his own disciple, Judas; and Gautama the Buddha was betrayed by his own cousin, Devadatta, who, on several occasions, tried to assassinate him. Conversely, Jesus was seen by the Jewish Zealots as one who had betrayed their cause, and Gautama could be seen as seen as a betrayer when he left his family for a six-year quest for enlightenment.

We must see the potential for betrayal whenever we place our trust in someone or something that is inherently untrustworthy. Some things may be more trustworthy than others, however, everyone and everything in this temporal universe is inherently untrustworthy because no one or nothing is permanent or lasting – everyone will die; everything will decay.

When we place our faith within the relative world of time and space, we will inevitably experience disillusionment, disenchantment, and betrayal. When this experience does occur it is important not to view this as a failure of our own or as an evil deed by someone else, but rather see that it is the natural consequence of expecting perfection from a world that is not perfect and ultimately, is not real.

Even if our wound does not involve an overt act of betrayal, it is important to examine the inner feeling of betrayal that arises within us when our self-talk is “Something has gone terribly wrong… This should not be!” Our suffering is largely the result of this erroneous assumption rather than from the pain itself.

These experiences can be very painful indeed, but pain is not the sign of a broken universe. Pain is an indicator that something needs our attention; it may be an indicator that something needs to be released.

Knowing all of this is true does not mean that it isn’t perfectly normal to get lost in the story that surrounds our suffering. At times of deep trauma our story may seem like the only thing that we have to hold on to. It’s very important to be very patient with others – and even more patient with yourself  – when we return to the story again and again. Healing has its own timetable.

Kahlil Gibran tells us, “Your pain is the breaking of the shell that encloses your understating.”

Our understanding is enclosed in our familial and cultural conditioning which must be broken through to discover the infinite wisdom that lies within us.

Ultimately, the sacred wound can lead us to a life heretofore not accessible to our conscious awareness – and, to the experience of peace beyond all human understanding.

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you experience being wounded (physical or psychological) see if you can apply these principles to make it a sacred wound-- thus using it to discover a very sacred place within yourself.

Teaching
7
-
10

The Obstacle is the Path

We’ve been conditioned to believe that happiness depends upon external circumstances.

Contemplative Practice

The next time you perceive some condition to be an obstacle to your spiritual journey, stop and say to yourself, “This is my journey; this is my spiritual path.”

“If it weren’t for “X” life would be just great!”

If we’re honest with ourselves, we may see that we’ve repeated this mantra many times in our life – only the X has probably changed!

“It’s always something!” “Why is there always something in the way of my happiness?”

Asking this question is a bit like walking into a hospital and saying, “Why are there so many sick people here?”

To answer the question “Why is there always something in the way of my happiness?” We must bring into awareness a hidden assumption that lies behind the question itself.

We’ve been deeply conditioned to believe that our happiness depends upon external circumstances; and we also believe that the obstacles to our happiness lie in external conditions. Human beings are chronically unhappy. The reason we are unhappy is not due to our life circumstances, it’s because we are deluded – we look for happiness in all the wrong places.

The delusion is that we believe that we can acquire happiness by changing some external condition. This delusion is not your fault; it’s present in virtually every human on earth

When we were very young our sense of happiness and satisfaction was tied to having our physical and emotional needs met. These needs (if met) were met by something external to us – typically by parents and family. We learned to equate happiness with getting our immediate needs met.

But as we grew up things got more complicated. A full belly and a dry diaper were no longer enough to make us happy. As we got older the list of requirements for happiness grew longer and longer. We may have achieved one goal after another only to find that happiness still eludes us.

It’s not necessarily wrong to change some condition in your life; this is often quite helpful. If you have a toothache, it may be wise to see a dentist. No problem – unless you believed that it was the toothache that was keeping you from being happy. If so, then you will once again be disappointed, because soon after the toothache is gone something else will appear to be in the way of your happiness.

There will always be some joy or sorrow that lies before you. Happiness is found not in what lies before you, but in the way you relate to that which lies before you.

What is in your life is less important than how you live your life.

If you face each obstacle with a clear mind and an open heart, then each apparent stumbling block can become another steppingstone on your journey of awakening. An obstacle for a child may be a step-stone for an adult – it all depends on how big one is! When the mind and the heart are big enough then every seeming obstacle will become another steppingstone on the path before you.

What is in the way, is the way. Begin right where you are. Make friends with all that lies before you. Make peace with each step of the journey.

Contemplative Practice

Questions

  1. When life appears out of control, why is it important to recognize the one thing you can influence? What is that?
  2. To “turn poison into medicine” one needs to “ROAR”! What does that mean?
  3. Before you act, what are some important questions to ask yourself?
  4. What is a “sacred wound”? What is a key factor in determining when wound becomes “sacred”?
  5. “What is in your life is less important than how you live your life.” Explain what this means.
  6. How can we find the answer to the question, “Why is there always something in the way of my happiness?”
  7. When it feels like your world is falling apart, what skills are needed to use this experience for transformation?
  8. Why is it important not to deny your anger? How can the experience of anger lead to greater wisdom and self-knowledge?
  9. How can chaos lead to transformation? What mental attitude inhibits this transformation?
  10. How do we unknowingly set ourselves up for betrayal?

Prelude 8

Mullah Nasiruddin walked into a very prestigious bank in New York City. He held in his hand a check for a large sum of money. Nasiruddin went to the first teller available and said, “I would like to cash this check.”

The teller looked at the check – which looked valid.

Then he looked at Nasiruddin – who looked like an old hippie from the 1960’s.

The teller said, “Sir, before I can cash this check, I need you to identify yourself.”

With that, Nasiruddin reached into his pocket and pulled out a mirror.

He looked into the mirror, and said, “Yes, that's me!”

Teaching
8
-
1

Sweet Surrender

Surrender is an attitude of nonresistance
A by-product of surrender is deep peace and being at ease in any situation

Contemplative Practice

Set your intention to surrender to Life in each moment. Notice all the times you unconsciously resist surrendering. Just notice, with no judgment.

Surrender is at the foundation of all transformative spiritual practice. it feels difficult because we are accustomed to being in charge – or at least trying to be in charge. Perhaps this is why surrender is at the core of so many spiritual practices. It is anathema to our egocentric way of living.

It is easier to describe what surrender is not, than to describe what it is.

It is not giving your power of choice over to another person, to an organization, or to a doctrine. It is not resignation. It is not “giving up” in despair and hopelessness. It is not apathetically drifting through life.

Surrender is an attitude of nonresistance. It is the practice of nonattachment to the outcome of your actions. It is letting go of unnecessary efforting or striving.

The Chinese might say that it is “Living in the Tao.”

This is the heart of all true spiritual practice because it melts the ego structure and allows true nature to express itself more in your life; it fully allows you to be who you really are.

With this practice you may discover that your life has a Life of its own.

How to surrender? Difficult to answer because it is not something you can “do.”  It is the opposite of doing.

This dilemma is best illustrated with a story.

A traveler from the city became hopelessly lost in the countryside. After fruitless wandering he discovered a farmhouse and a gentleman sitting on the porch. Turning his car up into the driveway, the stranger stuck his head out the window and said, “I am trying to get to Jonesville, but I’ve lost my way. Can you give me directions to Jonesville?”

The farmer sauntered over to the car and stood there with a puzzled look on his face. He looked in every direction several times. Then he looked at the man in the car and replied, “Well sir, I don’t believe that you can get there from here. If I were you, I would start from somewhere else.”

We might respond to the question of “How to surrender?” in much the same way. Ironically, the best way seems to be setting the intention to surrender and then observing all the parts of yourself that don’t want to surrender.

Create the intention to surrender and then observe all internal resistance to that intention as it arises. The resistance might be an aversion to your present experience or that of craving an experience that’s not here. Either way, it’s insisting that you’re here and now experience be other than what it is.

Essentially, surrender means that you accept each moment’s experience no matter what it is. This teaching refers primarily to your personal, subjective experiences. If you find it necessary to change the external conditions of your life, then if it’s helpful or necessary, do so  – but always allow your internal experience to be whatever it is.

For example, if you do not feel well, and believe you might be ill, then take whatever steps you can to facilitate healing and relief; but as you do that, continue to accept each internal experience as it is.

Or if not; then simply notice the nature of your resistance and accept that without creating a story about it. Just note “resistance” or “craving” and let it be – and then be present to whatever arises next.

Do not try to surrender, just notice when and how you are not practicing it – and then surrender any attempt to change anything in the field of your experience. Go ahead and make whatever changes you consider necessary in your life but stay present to your moment-by-moment experience as you do so – whether you get what you want or not.

A by-product of surrender is a deep peace and a sense of being at ease in any situation. But don’t chase that experience of peace. Remember, “You can’t get there from here.”

Contemplative Practice

Set your intention to surrender to Life in each moment. Notice all the times you unconsciously resist surrendering. Just notice, with no judgment.

Teaching
8
-
2

The Many Faces of Surrender

Bring attention to hidden resistance by setting the intention to practice complete surrender

Contemplative Practice

Continue the practice of surrender by noticing the “unsurrendered” places hidden inside of you.

Surrender is a key practice in virtually every spiritual tradition. The very term spirituality itself may be equated with the intention to surrender one’s life and being to a Higher Power or Wisdom that transcends our human understanding.

In Judaism, Christianity, and Islam the practice of surrender is primary –  although the actual meaning of this term can vary within and among these traditions. In one sense surrender may mean obeying God’s laws, adopting certain beliefs or practicing a particular ritual. At a deeper level, the practice of surrender means bringing each life experience and every aspect of your being into the continuous awareness of God’s presence.

In Eastern traditions such as Taoism or Buddhism surrender is also a central spiritual practice, however, it is generally understood in a different context. It is not seen as surrendering to a personal God, but rather attuning one’s consciousness to the flow of the Tao or the Dharma. The practice of meditation helps this attunement at ever-deepening levels.

When you employ this practice in your life, you discover a great paradox: the practice of surrender consists largely of seeing all the ways in which you are not surrendered –  and then be willing to let them go. Most of these obstacles are unconscious; you may not even know that they are there until you intentionally engage in the practice of surrender.

You bring attention to hidden resistance simply by setting the intention to practice complete surrender. As you engage in your practice, you will begin to see the myriad and (sometimes) subtle ways in which you avoid being fully open to the activity of Spirit (by whatever name you may call it). Noticing this, you simply return to the intention of surrender, being willing to let go of the resistance as best you can.

For example, if you sit with the intention of simply being present to each moment and allow life to unfold naturally, you may notice that some obsessive thinking arises. You may get lost in planning some future activity or rehashing some past event. Noticing this, you simply return to the intention of just being, you let go of your involvement in thinking and return to simply sitting and breathing. you try to do this without struggle or judgment; just notice that obsessive thinking is obscuring your intent to be fully present in the moment. This will begin to return you to the present moment.

As we examine your resistance to surrender, you notice that it tends to appear in one of two general forms. One form is that of resisting experiences that are currently present; resisting an experience because it is painful or difficult, or judging it as bad or wrong. You try to push away your present moment experience; this is called aversion or resistance.

Another obstacle to surrender is attachment to wanting something that is perceived to be absent; wanting some experience, condition, person, or object that is not present in this moment. This is called craving. A similar obstacle is possessively holding on to some existing experience, condition, relationship, or object, refusing to allow it to change or to end. This is called clinging or attachment.

Wanting that which is not present and resisting that which is present are two primary obstacles to living a surrendered life. These very same forces are the primary causes of unhappiness and suffering. The practice of surrender is not necessarily based on the desire to be holy or pure, but simply to be happy, which is the deepest desire of every human being. True surrender brings true happiness!

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
8
-
3

“Don’t Know” Mind

Aversion to the unknown runs very deep
Beginner’s Mind: the mind that is fresh and new in every moment

Contemplative Practice

Practice Beginner’s Mind. Notice all the times when you don’t know something. Notice how that feels in your body. Trying to stay present to whatever you experience.

“We don’t know.” “We don’t have enough information.” “We’re not sure what to do right now.”

You may hear these words often in today’s news. It is ironic that in this age when we are accustomed to having all our questions answered with a single command, (Hey google) we know extraordinarily little about some of the most crucial questions facing us today. This creates a considerable amount of anxiety in our world today.

The human mind is not comfortable with not knowing – particularly when it involves managing our lives. The mind craves the familiar, the certain, the “tried and true;” and it shrinks mightily from the experience of not knowing.

Understanding, planning, and predicting are gears that turn the engine of our modern world. We want leaders who “have a handle on things.” (Very few politicians would be elected to office on a “Don’t Know” platform!) Even when we truly do not know anything, we are loath to accept that fact, to ourselves as well as to others. The mind creates all manner of beliefs, theories, and fantasies to mitigate the anxiety of not knowing.

This aversion to the unknown runs very deep –  it originates in our drive for self-preservation. The unknown harbors the potential for danger: “What I don’t know can hurt me.” The old mind will cling to outmoded beliefs no matter how much suffering it causes, because it helps us feel safe. “Better the devil you know” is our unspoken mantra.

And yet, there is little that we can do to control the future. We never know what will happen next – but we work extremely hard to avoid acknowledging that fact. We use planning as a buffer against the feeling of uncertainty – but often it does not work very well. And when our plans are disrupted, we usually feel disappointment or anger. Underlying these feelings lies the deep anxiety of having little control over our destiny.

In some spiritual practices the state of not knowing is not only tolerated, but it is cultivated; not knowing is used as a vehicle for awakening. “Don’t Know” Mind is a signature meditation practice in Korean Zen, as well as other schools of Buddhism. The Japanese Zen master Suzuki Roshi referred to this state of not knowing as Beginner’s Mind: the mind that is fresh and new in every moment. This is the mind that knows nothing and holds the potential for everything. Beginner’s Mind is fertile ground for unique and creative possibilities – and for enlightenment.

The essence of this practice in everyday life is to simply live in the reality that you truly do not know what the future holds and that you are not in control of most events in your life. To engage this practice, you need to allow any feelings to arise that are related to "Don’t Know Mind" – typically it is fear or anxiety.

One way to engage this practice is to first acknowledge any plans that you need to make, and then make them. Then completely forget about them until you need to act. Set goals if you wish. Name what you need to do right now. Then let that go and live fully in the present moment.

As you focus entirely on the here and now notice feelings that arise. Notice when your mind jumps to the future: planning, worry, daydreaming, hoping. And if you can, notice the feeling that immediately preceded the jump out of the present moment. (E.g., uneasiness, anxiety, boredom….) This may be challenging at first, but with practice you can become aware of the feeling as it arises, and then you can choose to stay with the feeling itself rather than unconsciously split off from it.

Breathe. Notice physical sensations. Notice emotions. Notice memories and thoughts. Allow everything and be open to each feeling. Also, notice the general kind of thought that grabs your attention. Rehearsing a future event? Notice if fear is present. Reminiscing or rehashing the past? Notice if grief or remorse is present. Do not analyze or interpret – just be aware in each moment.

Eventually, you may notice that you are responding to situations in your life more effectively than if you had a plan for them. You may notice more serendipitous events in your life. You begin to trust spontaneity. You may notice more creative ideas arising; creativity flows naturally if we give it space to grow. A mind that is not preoccupied is free.

And when you do decide or act on something, do it and then let go of all attachment to outcome. This practice is always an end in itself.

If you can use these times of uncertainty to practice ‘Don’t Know Mind” then you will not only endure this crisis, but you can be transformed by it. And when the time comes, you will not just “return to normal” but you will be a different person and can be part of creating a different and better world. This time of uncertainty can amplify your suffering, or it can become a launching pad for freedom from it. It all depends on how you choose to live it each moment.

Contemplative Practice

Practice Beginner’s Mind. Notice all the times when you don’t know something. Notice how that feels in your body. Trying to stay present to whatever you experience.

Teaching
8
-
4

Being Nobody

Without thought – who am I?
When you let go of this world you go to the place where all worlds are born

Contemplative Practice

Practice being nobody. In other words, as much as possible let go of any sense of “me or mine”. Notice how this feels. Notice how you function when you’re “nobody.”

The following is a dialogue between myself and a fictional mentor I will call “M”.

M – I want to talk to you about Being Nobody.

R – Why would I want to be nobody?

M – Good Question. Let me explain. First, being nobody is not the same as being “a nobody.” A “nobody.” is a pejorative label often given to someone who is supposedly of little value in the eyes of the world. This is not what I am talking about.

Second, being nobody does not mean that you do not exist – in fact quite the opposite is true. Being nobody, you will exist in a much deeper and more authentic way!

R – Okay, tell me more.

M – We are nobody at birth. Babies are nobody – and yet most everyone loves a baby. Why? Because a baby is authentically nobody! Yet inevitably, we enter the process of becoming “somebody.” We are taught who we are and what our place is in the world. We become identified with a sense of self that develops over the first dozen or so years of our life. This becomes “me.”

But this somebody – this me –  is a relative self. It is real only within a certain context; it is not existentially real. This virtual self is primarily a mental structure. In the mid-17th century, the philosopher Rene Descartes wrote, “I think therefore I am.” This premise has been the foundation of the Western worldview for over 400 years.

R – I think therefore I am. But, without thought – who am I?

M – An excellent question!

When you go to sleep at night you become nobody – there is no self. But then a dream fires up and you have a self, you become somebody – but not the “somebody” that went to sleep a few hours ago! This “me” may be quite different from the “me” that functions during daylight hours. But eventually the dream ends, and you wake up into another somebody – a me that is quite familiar.

When you are sleeping (and not dreaming) you are nobody. Then the alarm goes off and you are somebody once again! But where does that somebody come from? Where did it go when you were sleeping?

It went nowhere because it is not real. It is like asking, “Where did your lap go when you stood up?” Your lap goes nowhere because your lap is not a thing – it does not have a separate existence. “Lap” is simply a convenient term for using your legs to hold someone or something.

That is exactly what the “somebody/self” is – a convenient term to describe a certain mental construct. It is real only if you believe that it is. When you truly wake up it is gone, just like all the characters in a dream. When you awaken you see that you were the dreamer – and not the dream.

R  – So then who is the ultimate dreamer – the one who is dreaming me?

M – You are. The authentic you.

R – If you are suggesting that I let go of my identity…I find that scary! I will not be able to function in the world. I will lose everything.

M – Yes, it is frightening. It may feel like you are losing your life but quite the opposite is true; you are finding it for the first time.

R – How do I function in the world without a sense of self?

M – Have you ever had a time when you were functioning extraordinarily well? A time when you were creative, courageous, energetic.

R – A few – but not as many as I would like. It is quite satisfying.

M – Indeed, and what was your sense of “somebodyness” when that occurred?

R – (Long pause) I guess there wasn’t any. After I had each of these experiences I thought, “Now where did that come from?”

M – It came from you. When you forget your “somebody training” even for a momentyour real self will arise.

Your real self is the deepest potential for anything and everything – and it is revealed only when you are nobody. This is who you really are. What is real can never be lost, stolen or destroyed. As you truly know this then all fear vanishes, and all suffering ceases.

A key principle in the Buddha Dharma is, “Cling to nothing as self.” No self: no suffering.

One of my teachers says, “When you let go of this world you go to the place where all worlds are born”

Letting go of this identity and being nobody, you go to the place where you can be anybody. You can do whatever you need to do to function in any situation. You align yourself with the same power that created the universe

In the Christian gospel of John Jesus is quoted, “It is not I – but the Father within that does the work.” Jesus was implying “Don’t worship me; I’m just the delivery system.” Anything you need or need to do is latent within you –  as long you see that you are but the delivery system for Universal Love and Wisdom.

R – Cool!

You live in illusion and in the appearance of things. There is a reality. You are that reality. When you understand this, you see that you are nothing, and being nothing you are everything. That is all.

Kalu Rinpoche

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
8
-
8

The Enigma of Self and No-Self

The concept of self is fixed; the experience of self is constantly changing
The more fluid the sense self, the greater the freedom you experience

Contemplative Practice

During your day be aware of your sense of self. Notice if you see a relationship between the experience of suffering and attachment to the concept of self.

Self as a concept or image is not the same as self as an experienced reality. The concept of self is largely static and fixed while the direct experience of self is constantly changing.

Now, we explore another enigmatic quality of the self, and that is its dual nature. To illustrate the dual nature of the self, we turn to the field of quantum physics – to the dual nature of subatomic particles. Let us consider the electron. The electron can be seen to exist locally as a particle or non-locally as a wave. The electron may be both a particle and a wave at the same time. The way that it appears to us depends upon how we choose to observe it. From one point of view, it behaves like a particle, and yet, from another point of view it behaves like a wave. It seems to be both finite and infinite at the same time: a finite particle when observed, and a wave field of infinite dimensions when not observed.

We can consider the self as being like the electron in certain ways. When awareness is focused on myself, that self can seem very solid, but when my awareness is not focused on myself the self can seem to disappear! For example, imagine that you are engrossed in reading a book. When you are completely “into the book” there (seemingly) is no “you,” there is only the contents of your mind as you read the book. Then, imagine that someone walks into the room and says, “What are you reading?” Suddenly, in your awareness, you “appear” – along with the book in your hand and the image of the other person in the room!

To take our thought experiment a step further, remember when you first heard your alarm clock go off this morning. Seemingly, out of nowhere, “you” appeared, along with the sound of the alarm, the feeling of the bed and the covers, and whatever thoughts and desires might have arisen at the time. Where did all of this come from? Where were “you” five seconds before the alarm rang?

Let us draw upon yet another analogy from our everyday life. Let’s say that you are taking a walk when you begin to feel raindrops falling. You will think, “It’s raining!” Now let us ask, what is “it” that is raining? Where is the rain coming from? Who put the rain there? Of course, the answer is that rain “just happens;” it seems to come out of nowhere. The rain appears when the conditions are present for rain to appear. Where is the rain five seconds before it crystallizes into a snowflake and then melts into a raindrop? Of course, it is everywhere … in the form of water vapor. Given certain conditions the invisible water vapor materializes into a localized and visible form known as rain.

We can consider the self as having a dual nature like an electron or an H2O molecule which can appear as finite or infinite depending upon existing conditions. The self can appear both finite and infinite; the existing conditions, which include the nature and quality of our awareness, will determine how (and if) the self is experienced.

An interesting mindfulness practice is to simply be aware of when and how the experience of a self appears during your day. Notice how the sense of self arises under certain conditions and then disappears under other conditions. Notice if you see any relationship between the arising of self and the arising of suffering (dukkha) or unhappiness. Notice if you see a relationship between the experience of suffering and any attachment to the experience of self.

See if you can experience the rising and falling of self as simply another phenomenon that is occurring –  such as a sound or a sensation. Notice the relationship between the sense of self and the experience of thinking. You may see that your sense of self is largely a construct of conditioned thought patterns, and like everything else it rises and falls with changing conditions.

Although it may be a bit disorienting at first, the realization of the relativity of self turns out to be incredibly good news after all, for then we can begin to see other, more expansive, experiences of self. The more fluid the sense self, the greater the freedom we experience; and we may see more clearly the wisdom of the Buddha’s teaching to “cling to nothing as self.”

Contemplative Practice

During your day be aware of your sense of self. Notice if you see a relationship between the experience of suffering and attachment to the concept of self.

Teaching
8
-
6

The Still Point

The Witness is untouched by anything that it sees
To become the Witness be aware that you are aware

Contemplative Practice

Throughout your day be aware, and be aware that you are aware. That which is aware is the Witness.

“At the Still Point of the turning world.

Neither flesh nor fleshless;

Neither from nor towards;

At the Still Point, there the dance is.

But neither rest nor movement.

And do not call it fixity,

Where past and future are gathered.

Neither movement from nor towards,

Neither ascent nor decline.

Except for the point, the Still Point,

There would be no dance, and there is only the dance.”

This poem by T.S. Eliot is beautiful and quite profound – – and it is also an effective spiritual practice!

Let’s unpack this poem to understand the spiritual practice that’s embedded within it.

The “Turning World” refers to the ever-changing world of form embedded within time and space. This is what we call “the world around us.” Sometimes it is referred to as the “real world.”

However, from the Buddhist perspective the world that we see, touch, and taste is a world constructed by our senses; primarily by thought. This perspective is backed up by science.

When we observe the world around us, we experience constant movement and change. When we observe the world within, we also experience constant change.

Like most of us you probably identify with thinking. Your sense of self is primarily a mental self. This self is known as your ego identity. It is who you think you are. The ego self is made up of thoughts, emotions, sensations desires and memories, it is made up of moving parts –  in fact, the parts are constantly moving.

However, it is possible to discover that within you that never moves: The Still Point.

How to find the Still Point? It is that part of yourself that is aware of the Turning World – within and without. It is that which sees. Some call it the Observer or the Witness.

This Witness is untouched by anything that it sees. It is timeless. It is formless. It does not exist in the dimension of time or space.

And yet, except for this point there would be no awareness of the Dance. Awareness is both in the Dance and is apart from the Dance. It is that part of yourself that dances and knows that you are dancing. It is that part of yourself that knows that it knows.

Except for this Still Point of awareness there would be no awareness of the Dance; and without awareness of the Dance there is no Dance.

All that moves depends upon that which never moves. The earth spins on its axis, but the axis never moves. A playground teeter-totter can move up and down almost endlessly, but the fulcrum never moves. The pendulum moves back and forth indefinitely but the point of suspension never moves.

A mindfulness practice that I often recommend is to notice everything that you are aware of – seeing, hearing, sensing, thinking and then be aware that you are aware. Rest in that which is aware. Rest in the Still Point within the turning world of the senses. This is the Observer.

Initially, you may find the Observer sometimes becomes entangled with thinking. You may find that the Witness is observing the Dance when suddenly it finds itself on the dance floor totally identified with the Dance – forgetting that it is the Witness.

For example, you may find that you are living in the Witness as you go about your day when somebody says something that triggers a strong emotion within you, and you become totally identified with that emotion. Perhaps you are dancing with anger – and then you are identified with the anger.

As soon as you are aware that you are caught up in the anger, take a few moments to breathe and to sense your body. Do not judge yourself for what happened. Simply return to the practice of being the Observer, the Witness. Do not analyze or try to control your experience, simply be aware – – and know that you are aware. Imagine that you are at the center of a merry-go-round. You are simply standing still and watching all the thoughts, emotions, sensations, sounds, and sights move around you.

However, sometimes the Witness and the Dance collapse into one another such that the two become the same. This is different from becoming unconsciously identified with the Dance and being controlled by it, rather this is dancing consciously with the Dance at the Still Point; the Observer and the observed become one.

This is referred to as flow or being in the zone, it has the characteristics of effortlessness, an altered perception of time, and the melting together of action and consciousness. It is a rather blissful state!

But first you become the Observer, the Witness. To do this you must become aware that you are aware. Then become aware of that which is aware. And then be that which is aware. Become the Still Point; and then Dance!

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
8
-
7

The Enigma of Desire

All desire is the desire for happiness

Contemplative Practice

During the day notice desire arising. If you are able, temporarily let go of the object of desire and let yourself experience the feeling of desire itself in the body.

Desire is a great enigma: certain teachings tell us that all desire emanates directly from the Divine and others tell us that desire is the cause of all suffering. Which one is correct?

The answer: Both, if correctly understood.

To understand this paradox, we must distinguish desire from craving. Craving is desire with attachment, aka addiction. Desire is a certain type of energy that arises in the mind; craving is attaching that energy to a future experience or event. A desire, in and of itself, can arise and then disappear; like everything else it is impermanent; but craving seems endless because it is always looking to the future to be satisfied. It’s like the donkey that chases a carrot hanging from a stick tied to its own neck: satisfaction is always just beyond reach; always in the future. The donkey can run fast and forever but it will never catch the carrot.

The practice of Living in the Heart of Desire is that of becoming directly aware of the experience of desire without attachment to a particular outcome or object. We experience desire without craving.

All desire is the desire for happiness. Our heart desires happiness from the day we are born, but at an early age happiness becomes associated with physical satisfaction. Happiness becomes equated with getting needs met. As we grow older, we’re conditioned to believe that happiness results from getting what we want. In our search for happiness, we want more… and more … and more … but nothing is ever enough!

All desire is the desire for our own true nature. Happiness arises from the realization of our own true nature, but the conditioned mind tells us that happiness must come to us from an external source.

A quote from the Indian sage Nisargadatta Maharaj:

All you want is to be happy. All your desires, whatever they may be, are longing for happiness. You wish yourself well...desire by itself is not wrong. It is life itself, the urge to grow in knowledge and experience. It is the choices you make that are wrong. To imagine that some little thing-food, sex, power, fame-will make you happy is to deceive oneself. Only something as vast and deep as your real self can make you truly and lastingly happy.

Living in the Heart of Desire is allowing oneself to feel desire fully without being attached to the object of desire. We then experience desire without craving. We do this practice with the understanding that our deepest desire is to experience our own true nature.

This can be challenging at first because the mind is convinced that the object of desire will bring us the happiness that we seek; we must remember that this is not true. It can be challenging also because letting go of the object of desire may bring up grief arising from unmet needs in the past.

The key is to feel all our feelings and remember that what we most want is the experience of our own true nature, and that is not dependent on any external condition or circumstance.

It is, of course, necessary to fulfill some desires to be healthy and functional in the world. Having some needs met may be essential for survival. The desire for food when we are hungry or for money when the rent is due should not be ignored, but the key is to recognize that getting our worldly needs met alone will not make us happy.

Living in the heart of desire with nonattachment to results will connect us with the very source of desire itself which is the Divine seeking to know Itself and experience Itself in you, through you and as you.

Contemplative Practice

During the day notice desire arising. If you are able, temporarily let go of the object of desire and let yourself experience the feeling of desire itself in the body.

Teaching
8
-
8

Wisdom of the Body

When we identify with the mind, we deaden our awareness of the body

Contemplative Practice

Whenever you can, stop and sense your body, listen to it; you may find that it’s your greatest teacher.

In Western culture we have mainly ignored the wisdom of the body. We tend to see the body as a vehicle to serve the desires of the mind. Though many individuals care for the body through diet and exercise, most of the time the intention is to improve the body’s appearance. We seem to be more concerned with the image of the body than with the body itself.

We are conditioned to identify more with the mind than the body. When identified with the mind we live entirely in the past or the future. The body knows only the present moment; the mind has no comprehension of the present moment.  

When we identify with the mind, we deaden our awareness of the body. We do this for several reasons. One reason is that the body often feels pain and unpleasant feelings. As we numb awareness of the body, we are saved from feeling the pain. The mind is used to protect us from feeling pain in the body.

The body harbors many desires and emotions which are socially taboo. at a young age we learn that the desires of the body, here and the emotions, must be reined in or repressed entirely. Once repressed we forget that they are even there.

the body will die. When identified with the mind we soften the impact of this knowledge. So, we take refuge in the mind.

When we suppress awareness of the body and become identified with the mind, we also suppress our aliveness and natural joy. When we are alienated from the body, we become alienated from nature, from the earth. We then perceive nature as foreign and unrelated to ourselves. This has resulted in the tragic destruction of our natural environment.

We are conditioned to see the body as a tool of the mind. discovering the wisdom of the body requires a different attitude. To discover the wisdom of the body we must develop a friendship with it. To be a friend it’s necessary to pay attention to your friend and to listen to her. To discover the wisdom in anything we first need to love it.

Mindfulness of the body is the first step to loving the body and discovering its wisdom. Here are some practices that will facilitate awareness of the body:

We can begin by simply being aware of the body as we go about our day. Be aware of the posture, the movement, and the sensations in the body as you go about your day.

Another practice is to simply sit quietly and systematically sense the various parts of the body. simply by directing attention to different parts of the body and holding it there for a few minutes. For example, you feel your right foot, then your ankle, your calf, then your knee, your pelvis etc.

Another common practice is to slowly sweep awareness over the entire body: from head to toe, over and over.

This practice is known as sweeping, or scanning.

As you gain greater awareness of the body, as you make friends with the body, as you listen to the body, you will discover an extraordinary wisdom within your body. The human body has been around for millions of years. In that time frame, it has learned a lot – and you can access that wisdom.

The Buddha taught awareness of the body as the foundation for spiritual awakening and liberation from suffering. He told his disciples:

“In this fathom-long body lies everything needed for liberation from suffering”

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
8
-
9

The Three Refuges (Reloaded)

A refuge is what we consider to be our home
When I meet each experience as the Buddha then every moment reveals the Dharma
The practice is holding an intention, rather than trying to “do it Perfectly”

Contemplative Practice

Throughout your day, at various times stop and ask yourself, “Where am I taking refuge? Am I taking refuge in my Buddha nature or my human nature?”

The Three Refuges are to be considered the foundation of Buddhist spiritual practice. The Three Refuges are:

I take refuge in the Buddha.

I take refuge in the Dharma.

I take refuge in the Sangha.

The Three Refuges are open ended in the degree to which they can be understood. This means that there is no end to the wisdom that can be acquired by practicing the Refuges diligently.

Our title, The Three Refuges (Reloaded) is a takeoff on one of the Matrix movies: The Matrix Reloaded. In the Matrix movies, The Matrix is a virtual reality created by an artificial intelligence that wants to use human beings as a power source for their system.

The matrix to which I am referring is not necessarily a sinister plot to control anyone, rather it is the matrix of time and space in which we all live. The truth of Three Refuges is beyond time and space – it is absolute.

In this teaching we will learn how to bring this absolute reality into the relative reality of time and space, the matrix in which we all live. Knowing this, we can make the Three Refuges very immediate and practical. The practice then can be used anytime and all the time in our daily life.

A refuge is what we consider to be our home. When we affirm: I take refuge in the Buddha, I take refuge in the Dharma, I take refuge in the Sangha, we are declaring that these Three Refuges become the foundation of who we take ourselves to be, how we live our life, and how we relate to other human beings.

The true Buddha is what you truly are. The Buddha (as are you) is pure Being, existing beyond time and space. The Buddha is the true nature of yourself and of all sentient beings. Taking refuge in the Buddha means that we hold the intention to continuously return to our awareness of this reality. Whenever we become lost in the stories created by our human mind, then as soon as we wake up, we return to the awareness that “I am the Buddha.” In our sitting practice we sit is the Buddha. In our daily life we live as the Buddha.

When we notice something within us and outside of us that appears to be unlike the Buddha, we simply meet it with Buddha nature. To meet it with Buddha nature is to see it as it is, rather than what our human mind tells us that it is. We strive to meet all things with clear awareness, without judgment and with compassion.

It is especially important to remember that we are not practicing to become the Buddha. With this practice we assume that we already are the Buddha. This does not mean holding a mental image of what we believe the historic Buddha would say or do. This is not “What Would the Buddha Do” practice. Siddhartha Gautama was a human being who lived 2500 years ago. Siddhartha realized his Buddha nature, but the true Buddha is not a human being.

The practice is that of holding an intention, rather than trying to “do it perfectly;” we simply return to the intention-without judgment-every time we get lost.

Time is the matrix of our human experience. To take refuge in the Dharma is to bring the Buddha nature into the matrix of time. We create the intention to experience each moment living the Dharma.

Traditionally, the Dharma refers to the teachings and the practice as taught by the historic Buddha. In this context practicing the Dharma means understanding and applying the Buddha’s teachings.

In the context of this practice, to practice the Dharma is to use each moment as an experience to learn in to awaken to the Buddha nature. When I meet each experience as the Buddha then every moment reveals the Dharma. When I need teaching experience with clear awareness and openhearted equanimity then every experience is my teacher.

Once again, the practice is holding an intention, rather than trying to “do it perfectly,” we simply return to the intention, without judgment, every time we get lost.

To practice taking refuge in the Sangha is to express the Buddha nature as it enters the matrix of space. Space is the matrix of relationships. It is in space that we perceive others – other people and other objects. Taking refuge in the Sangha means that we meet all beings in our life as the Buddha.

The way that we relate to others is deeply impacted by our conditioning. Everyone wants to love and be loved, but what this means to us as individuals is significantly affected by our conditioning.

We may have been taught that people will hurt us, or that people are untrustworthy, or that people will take advantage of us. Our relationships are mirrors of our psyche. To the extent that we are entrenched in craving and aversion, relationships will be satisfying or problematic.

The practice of taking refuge in the Sangha means to meet every being with the Buddha nature – with unconditional love and acceptance. It means to meet each being with a clear mind and an open heart. To do this requires the practice of the Dharma to dissolve craving and aversion.

To meet everyone with unconditional love does not mean naïvely allowing ourselves to be used or taken advantage of by others. Unconditional love includes appropriate discernment. We can love all beings without taking them home with us!

A closing statement – one that you may want to repeat every day:

I Take Refuge in the Buddha, the Dharma, the Sangha

I practice as the Buddha.

I meet each experience as the Buddha.

Taking refuge as the Buddha is the path to awakening.

As I meet every moment as the Buddha

Then each experience reveals the Dharma

Taking Refuge in the Dharma is the Path to Wisdom

As I meet every being as the Buddha

Then all beings are my Sangha

Taking Refuge in the Sangha is the path to love.

Taking Refuge in Buddha, Dharma, Sangha,

I reload the matrix of time & space.

Taking Refuge in Buddha Dharma Sangha,

I manifest Buddha Nature in my world.

Contemplative Practice

Throughout your day, at various times stop and ask yourself, “Where am I taking refuge? Am I taking refuge in my Buddha nature or my human nature?”

Teaching
8
-
10

The Subject is the Object

“The ability to observe without evaluating is the highest form of intelligence.” – (J Krishnamurti)

Contemplative Practice

Practice being the Witness of your subjective experiences. If you find judgment arising, then let the judgment itself become the object of awareness.

A simple, but powerful meditation practice is to “Let the Subject become the Object.”

Let’s look at what this means.

If you are looking at a tree, then you are the subject, and the tree is the object. This is the way you usually experience the world: the subject is the perceiver; the object is the perceived.

What you perceive falls into two broad categories: experiences inside of you and experiences outside of you. Experiences outside of you consist primarily of sights and sounds; those inside of you consist of thoughts, emotions, sensations and desires.

Ordinarily most of your attention is focused outside of you – on the sights and sounds of the objective world. The internal world of thoughts and emotions is often ignored or discounted in deference to the “real world” outside of you.

To practice the meditation of “Letting the Subject become the Object” you would consider every experience to be an objective, “not-me” experience. Those experiences usually considered to be part of yourself become objects of awareness – no different than the sights and sounds of the external world.

The subject of your observation then becomes awareness itself. This subject is considered the witness to all experience. This witness has no judgement of right or wrong, good or bad; it does not analyze, fix or try to solve problems. The witness does not try to control or coerce; it does not compare or evaluate.

The spiritual teacher Jiddu Krishnamurti has said, "The ability to observe without evaluating is the highest form of intelligence.”

If you become aware of the witness judging or analyzing, then that tells you that it is no longer the witness but that it has morphed into the judge. If that happens then turn the witness toward the judge itself; observe the nature of the judgments arising; witness the thoughts, emotions, sensations, desires related to the judge. The witness does all of this without judgment.

Until the self is observed without prejudice you tend to see the world (and other people) as a distorted reflection of your own unseen self rather than that which is real; the unconscious parts of self will be unwittingly projected onto others. This can create huge problems in your relationships –  and it is a primary cause of suffering.

When perception is completely undistorted, you will see the world with new eyes!

"If the doors of perception were cleansed every thing would appear to man as it is, Infinite. For man has closed himself up, till he sees all things thro' narrow chinks of his cavern.

Wm Blake

Contemplative Practice

Questions

  1. What is it that all humans desire? What does it mean to “live in the heart of desire”?
  2. What problems arise when one is completely identified with the mind?
  3. What is the difference between “being nobody” and being “a nobody”?
  4. Why can’t we make ourselves surrender? How then does one surrender?
  5. What is meant by the dual nature of the self? How can you practice this in your everyday life?
  6. How can you practice “Don’t know mind” in your everyday life? Why does not knowing trigger anxiety in the mind?
  7. What are some meditation techniques designed to increase awareness of the body?
  8. What is another name for the “Still point within the turning world”? How can you return to this when identified with the turning world?
  9. What is the spiritual practice of “letting the subject be the object”?
  10. What does it mean to “Reload the Three Refuges” in the world of time and space?

Prelude 9

The village had been overrun by the Mongols, who destroyed everything and everyone in sight.

The only building still standing was the Zen monastery.

The khan himself walked into the monastery and found one lone monk meditating.

The khan pulled out his sword, walked over to the monk, stood before him in all his armor and with his sword held to the monks belly.

He roared, “Do you know who I am?”

The lone monk shook his head, “No.”

The khan roared, “I am one who could run this sword through you without batting an eye.”

The monk said softly, “Do you know who I am?”

Taken aback, the khan said, “No.”

The monk replied, “I am one who could have a sword run through him without banding an eye.”

Upon hearing this, the khan returned his sword to its sheath, turned around and stomped away.

“In my defenselessness, my safety lies.” (A Course in Miracles #153)

Teaching
9
-
1

Authenticity

We substitute “canned” items for the real thing, and then wonder why life seems flat and dull
The goal of Dharma practice is to see things as they truly are; to see everything as it is; alive and vibrant

Contemplative Practice

As you speak today notice if you are offering “fresh vegetables or canned vegetables.” If you are offering “canned vegetables” notice how you “can (conceptualize) them” after you are aware of an experience

Authenticity means being real, genuine, and honest. It means being who you really are. Then who are you? My experience of who I am is constantly changing. Who I am seems to be related to the circumstances and experiences that occur in my life. In the evening I rarely feel like the same person that woke up that morning

Today we’re going to him unpack this concept of authenticity and look and what it is. I begin with a down-home story from my own childhood.

As a child I hated green beans. But one summer we purchased a basket of green beans that were fresh from the garden. I loved them! I couldn’t get enough of them.

I asked my mother why we didn’t have fresh beans all the time. She said that they were expensive and not always available. This was my introduction to food economics, I was told, that in order to transport and store certain foods it was necessary to can it, so they do not spoil. We were able to have some fruits and vegetables year-round because of this ability to can them. Taste and nutrition were traded off for more availability. (This was 1950, frozen foods were not readily available.)

Over much of my life I have spoken as a Dharma teacher, as a minister, as a professor. I noticed that some of my teachings seem like fresh vegetables, while others seem like canned vegetables. I noticed something similar as I was listening to others speak as well. Sometimes I felt like I was being offered fresh vegetables and sometimes I felt like I was being offered canned vegetables.

From my own experience I noticed that my teachings seemed fresh and alive when I was teaching something that that my heart was connected to; something that was interesting and exciting for me. I noticed that my teachings were fresh when I was aware in the present moment.

When we have an experience, we stored in memory in a can. The can is actually a concept. The concept is often in the form of language. From these stored concepts we create a memory bank much like canned beans stored on the grocery shelf. When we access our memories it’s like pulling cans off the shelf.

All too often we live from these canned good memories rather than in the fresh experience of the present moment. And all too often we substitute the canned items for the real thing, and then we wonder why my life seems flat boring or dull. Even more problematic is when we substitute concept for the real thing. We believe that this is the way green beans are. We live without the freshness, the taste and nutrition of fresh vegetables.

To exacerbate this problem, we typically “can” the “fresh vegetables so quickly that we never really taste them at all. In other words, we live our life, not from tasty the vegetables and then canning them, but we can them before we ever even taste them. We don’t’ experience life as it is but we experience it through our concepts rather than actual experience. The American philosopher William James states this quite eloquently:

Out of the aboriginal, sensible, muchness attention carves out objects which conception then names and identifies forever  – in the sky “constellations,” on the earth, “beach,” “sea,” “cliff,” “bushes.” Out of time we cut out “days,” and “nights,” “summers,” and “winters” …. And all of these abstracted “what’s” are merely concepts. The intellectual life of man consists almost wholly in his substitution of a conceptual order for the perceptual order in which his experience originally comes.

In other words, our propensity to experience life conceptually rather than through direct experience separates from the aboriginal, sensible, muchness of life and causes us to live somewhat artificially, separating us from things as they are.

The concepts that shield us from experiencing life directly are usually formed when we are very young and were given to us by others. We don’t see the world as it is but rather as we are based upon the set of conceptual maps imprinted on our psyche when we were young.

The goal of Dharma practice is to see things as they truly are; to see everything as it is – alive and vibrant. We do this through the practice of bare attention – not adding anything to our direct experience, The Buddha states this succinctly in a simple, clear and direct teaching to one of his students named Bahiya:

In the seen, there is only the seen,
in the heard, there is only the heard,
in the sensed, there is only the sensed,
in the cognized, there is only the cognized.

Contemplative Practice

As you speak today notice if you are offering “fresh vegetables or canned vegetables.” If you are offering “canned vegetables” notice how you “can (conceptualize) them” after you are aware of an experience

Teaching
9
-
2

The Spiritual Warrior

The spiritual warrior is engaged in a battle with oneself more than with an external enemy
The commitment to conquer oneself is not to be taken lightly

Contemplative Practice

At the end of your day did you see circumstances where you engaged the spiritual warrior and/or opportunities where you could have engaged the spiritual warrior and did not?

In the modern West it may be difficult to make a positive connection between the warrior and what we usually consider as spirituality. Typically, we would think of this connection in the form of religious wars, crusades or jihads –  events that appear in news headlines and history textbooks.

But in the East, the warrior, and the yogi (the spiritual practitioner) have historically been much more compatible. The marriage of these two disciplines can be seen in the martial arts and in some Asian monastic traditions. In this context the spiritual warrior is seen to be engaged in a battle with herself more than with an external enemy.

To better understand the nature of the spiritual warrior as an archetype let’s look at four characteristics common to both the warrior and the yogi.

Discipline. In this context discipline is not seen as punishment but rather as support for learning and personal growth. (The word discipline is derived from the word disciple: One who is under instruction or tutelage). Initially, the warrior’s discipline comes from an external source, but the true warrior eventually internalizes this as self-discipline. Meditation and mindfulness practice requires discipline; it takes discipline to engage the practice – and the practice itself is a discipline of sustained attention and nonresistance.

Courage. Courage is not the absence of fear but rather the ability to meet fear skillfully. It takes courage to face oneself; and it takes courage to continue the practice in the face of difficulties and challenges. In the story of his awakening the Buddha was confronted by the armies of Mara. (The personification of illusion/ego). Mara tried to frighten him, to seduce him, to bribe him and finally, to bargain with him – all to no avail.

These words are attributed to the Buddha in the Dhammapada: “Though one may conquer a thousand times a thousand men in battle –  he is the noblest of victors who conquers himself.”

The word courage is derived from a French word meaning heart. The world’s warrior conquers with weaponry and physical strength, but the spiritual warrior conquers with love – with an open heart. Perhaps a new definition of courage could be “The ability to keep one’s heart open in every circumstance.”  

Intentionality. The true warrior always has a clear intention – a clear sense of mission. Intention is not the same as a goal; a goal focuses on the future; an intention always relates to the present moment – to the here and now. Intention is like a compass needle that one could use to guide his journey.

Joseph Campbell tells the story of a samurai warrior…

A samurai warrior, a Japanese warrior, had the duty to avenge the murder of his overlord. And after some time, he found and cornered the man who had murdered his overlord. He was about to deal with him with his samurai sword, when this man in the corner, in the passion of terror, spat in his face. And the samurai sheathed the sword and walked away!

Why?  Because he was made angry, and if he had killed that man then, it would have been a personal act, another kind of act, that’s not what he had come to do.

If the samurai had killed the overlord the act would have been motivated by anger. The warrior sheathed his sword because he knew that he had to address his anger before he acted objectively, otherwise his act would no longer be intentional.

The spiritual warrior constantly reminds herself of the intention behind every decision and every action.

Loyalty. The spiritual warrior’s fundamental loyalty is not to nation or tribe but to her own Buddha nature. Most every warrior takes an oath of loyalty. One form of the spiritual warrior’s oath is that of the three Refuges: I take refuge in the Buddha; I take refuge in the dharma; I take refuge in the sangha. This is a statement of loyalty –  to Reality, to Truth, to Being.

The commitment to conquer oneself is not to be taken lightly because you are choosing to face a most formidable enemy: the ego. It’s not easy, but it’s very possible if you engage your spiritual practice as if your life depends on it. This is the attitude of the Spiritual Warrior.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
9
-
3

Using Death as Your Advisor

“If I had but one week to live, what would be important to me?”

Contemplative Practice

Live today as if you had only one week to live. How would that influence what you do, what you say, what you think? Would you see things differently?

To most people death is the ultimate enemy. To the sage death is the ultimate advisor. Here is Don Juan, a Yaqui Indian sorcerer, speaking to his student apprentice, Carlos Castaneda:

Death is our eternal companion. It is always at our left at arm’s length…. It has always been watching you…It always will until the day it taps you…

The thing to do when you are impatient is to turn to your left and ask advice from your death. An immense amount of pettiness is dropped if you catch a glimpse of it or if you just have the feeling that your companion is there watching you.

I invite you to make a list of all your problems and concerns; then ask yourself, “How many of these things would be a problem if I had only one week to live?”

And then ask a second question: “If I had but one week to live, what would be important to me?”

What questions will you ask yourself at that time? Will it be “Did I make enough money?” Or “Did I get through my To Do list?” Probably not, more likely it will be, “Did I live well? Did I love well? Is the world a better place because of my life?”

Seeing death as your advisor is a powerful spiritual practice because it really pulls the rug out from under the ego! All transformative spiritual practice is designed to annihilate the ego, and nothing will do this more quickly than the reminder of our own death.

This practice is not a morbid preoccupation with death but it’s a focus on how we are living our own life right now. Remembering that the span of my life is limited makes my remaining days more precious. It encourages me to not waste energy on matters of little consequence and instead to focus on what really matters most in my life right now.

In the Gospel of Mark Jesus says, “Whoever tries to save his life will lose it but whoever loses his life for my sake will find it.” (8:35)

This is not advocating one to engage in martyrdom. This is a deep wisdom teaching that shows us how to realize our own True (Christ) Nature. It tells us that whoever clings to the life of the ego will lose everything, but whoever is willing to let go of the egocentric life will discover their True Nature, which can never be lost.

The ego is like a caterpillar; it’s not intended to be the end of our development, but simply one stage of it. As the caterpillar dies it’s born into its fullest nature as the butterfly.

This practice may trigger some anxiety; it is especially important not to run from that experience.  Explore the anxiety to understand how you may be clinging to life as you believe it to be – and in that clinging you are denying yourself the experience of being truly alive in the deepest sense of the word.

Facing your death may feel like annihilation, but in reality, it’s just the opposite. It is not death but awakening to your true life. “It is not I who live but Christ who lives in me.” These words of the Apostle Paul exemplify the experience of one who has “died” to the old life and has been reborn into a greater reality.

Don Juan continues his instruction: “Death is the only wise advisor we have. Whenever you feel …that you’re about to be annihilated, turn to your death and ask if that is so. Your death will tell you that you’re wrong; that nothing really matters outside its touch.”

As you fully understand this then you touch that which is beyond birth and death: the timeless reality that is your true home.

Contemplative Practice

Live today as if you had only one week to live. How would that influence what you do, what you say, what you think? Would you see things differently?

Teaching
9
-
4

Spiritual Guidance

Guidance can come in many forms

Contemplative Practice

Practice following your intuition. Whenever you need to decide something, ask for guidance and then look for the various ways in which it may appear.

Guidance refers to a mode of knowing that operates beyond rational thought. With humans, Guidance often functions as intuition, however Guidance is an inherent part of how the universe itself functions – both within and beyond the human psyche.

Every element of this universe is an expression of One Life, Love, Intelligence. Some call it “God”  – but it goes by many names. Whatever we call it, it’s the Reality underlying our universe and everything in it. Human beings are a conscious (self-aware) expression of this Universal Intelligence.

Much is misunderstood about the nature of Guidance. Some conceive of it as God personally speaking to us; others dismiss the possibility that Guidance is real. Guidance is natural, not supernatural. Intelligence is an innate part of this universe and Guidance is simply the process of accessing Universal Intelligence – it’s as natural as breathing. It is not miraculous, nor is it limited to a few special people (although it may be more developed in some persons than in others).

Animals experience guidance primarily via instinct. Instincts are innate; they are “hard-wired” into every creature. Humans have instincts, but they are usually channeled and filtered through the conditioning we receive from family and culture.

Presently, intuition is relatively undeveloped in most humans, but I believe the next stage of human evolution will include development and refinement of intuitive knowing. Evolution is “growing” our primary mode of understanding from Instinct to Intellect to Intuition. Intuition is a more direct and immediate way to access Universal Intelligence than instinct or rational thought.

As we evolve, we transcend and include prior stages of development. We are not limited by earlier stages, yet these stages are not forgotten, they are included in the structure of our psyche. When Intellect passed Instinct as the leading mode of human understanding, we did not lose our instincts; they gradually became more directed by the intellect. Likewise, intuition will eventually transcend and include intelligence and instinct as our primary mode of understanding.

Guidance can come in many forms. As far back as we know humans have used some form of divination to help guide their journey of life on earth. The forms of divination used are many and varied, ranging from very crude to quite sophisticated methodologies. Humans have looked at everything from chicken entrails to the stars to access and discern Universal Intelligence. Perhaps they had an innate sense that Universal Intelligence was at work in their lives – as well as in the rest of nature. Most moderns dismiss all forms of divination as superstition. In some cases, they may be correct; but in others I believe they are sadly mistaken.

Guidance can be revealed to us in an unlimited number of ways. The Intelligence available to us is not limited to human life – it is in everything. The physical universe is but a camouflage for a deeper reality. Universal Intelligence is an integral part of that deeper reality; it is an inherent feature of the universe, and it is available to each one of us.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
9
-
5

Discerning Spiritual Guidance

Spiritual guidance is never demanding--but it may be very persistent!

Contemplative Practice

Throughout the day, stop, and listen. Allow for the possibility of receiving guidance in the space between your thoughts.

This physical universe is but camouflage for a deeper Reality. Intrinsic in that deeper reality is a Universal Intelligence. This Intelligence is always available to you if you can cultivate your ability to access it. And then it can be revealed to you in an infinite number of ways!

To access Universal Intelligence, we must learn how to discern its guidance; we must understand its language. Discerning that guidance is an art; it takes practice.

We have thousands of thoughts, feelings, and desires everyday –  how to discern spiritual guidance?

Based on my own experience, I have found general principles that may help you in the discernment process.

I have found that guidance usually does not appear in the form of thought or in words. It tends to come as a “soft” knowing, an inner urge or an inspirational idea.

True spiritual guidance is never harsh, judgmental, or punitive. Genuine guidance will not make you feel wrong, bad, defective, or deficient in any way. If you experience it as such, I encourage a healthy skepticism: there may be some wisdom behind that voice, but it is probably contaminated with some unresolved psychological matter. Explore this issue before giving credence to the voice. Psychotherapy may be helpful in this regard.

Genuine spiritual guidance is never demanding, it always gives you a choice. It is more of an impulse than a compulsion. It will not direct you to do anything harmful to yourself or to anyone else. Any voice or feeling that demands, condemns, or urges harmful actions is not spiritual guidance but is likely energy arising from an unresolved psychological issue.

Spiritual guidance is never demanding – but it may be very persistent! Although it will not compel you to say or do anything harmful or immoral, it may challenge some very deep-seated beliefs! It often stretches us to grow, and sometimes it may fly in the face of logic, or of what appears to be “common sense.”

Genuine spiritual guidance is best discerned and understood when you are relaxed, at ease and not attached to a specific result. It is difficult to discern true guidance if you are invested in, or attached to, a particular outcome. If you release that attachment, then guidance may very well appear when you least expect it!

Our identification with thinking is the greatest obstacle to the awareness of our guidance. The busy mind is much like a cloudy overcast day: the sun shines brightly but is unseen from the ground – until there is an opening in the cloud cover. Meditation helps to “part the clouds.”

Author Eckhart Tolle writes: “Pay attention to the gap  –  the gap between two thoughts…. When you pay attention to those gaps, awareness of 'something' becomes  –  just awareness. The formless dimension of pure consciousness arises from within you and replaces identification with form.”

And that “formless dimension of pure consciousness” is imbued with Universal Intelligence, always ready to reveal itself to you when it is needed.

Contemplative Practice

Throughout the day, stop, and listen. Allow for the possibility of receiving guidance in the space between your thoughts.

Teaching
9
-
6

The Enlightened Response

An enlightened response is the perfect response to any circumstance
An enlightened response is a conscious choice

Contemplative Practice

When you notice that you’re unconsciously reacting to events in your life, then stop, breathe and ask for an enlightened response. When you respond, let go of any attachment to outcome.

Students sometimes ask me, “What is an enlightened response to the events in our world today?” Their question is usually sincere and from the heart. It seems like a good question; but unfortunately, it is the wrong question to ask.

I say it is the wrong question because it presupposes that an enlightened response is determined by what action we take – and this is not necessarily true.

A better question might be: “How do I respond to this event/condition from an enlightened understanding?”

Please note that this question addresses how we act, rather than what specific action should be taken.

The human mind wants to create a formula/strategy/policy for determining the course of future actions. This is not necessarily bad; it may be helpful to have “a plan on hand” for some of the eventualities of life. However, all such planning, strategizing etc. operates from memory and thus from past conditioning.

We use memory to interpret the present moment and to develop a strategy for the future. This strategy may work so long as the future replicates the past – but it rarely does.

An enlightened response does not look any specific way when viewed from the outside. The enlightened response is unique and arises from the needs of the present moment rather than from a premeditated strategy. An enlightened response is the perfect response to any circumstance because each one of us has the innate wisdom to do exactly what is needed in any given situation.

To access this wisdom requires our willingness to suspend any “story” that we might have about this condition and to be willing to live in the unknown. It requires us to listen to the heart and trust what the heart tells us.

This is quite different from an impulsive “knee-jerk” reaction. It is not reacting from instinct or from ego-centered emotions. It is not motivated by revenge or by personal animosity. It does not act from condemnation or hatred.

An enlightened response is a conscious choice. It is not attached to a specific outcome. It is acting from the integrity of the heart.

To do this requires discipline and courage. It requires integrity and nonattachment.

A story from the Japanese Zen tradition:

A samurai warrior once was charged with avenging a noble's death at the hands of a rival warlord. He trained for four years, studied the warlord's habits, and planned his attack. When the day came, he stealthily approached the warlord when he was alone, and cornered him. The samurai held his katana (sword) aloft, poised to strike the final blow, when the warlord, utterly defeated, spat in the face of the samurai.

The samurai then sheathed his sword and walked away!

Why?

He knew it would be wrong to kill the warlord in a state of personal anger.

He came there to fulfill his duty as a warrior – not to act from personal vengefulness. To do so would bind him to the outcome of his actions.

Adapted from the Tao to Ching:

The ancient Masters were profound and subtle.

Their wisdom was unfathomable.

There is no way to describe it….

They were as alert as a warrior in enemy territory.

Courteous as a guest.

Fluid as melting ice….

Clear as a glass of water.

Do you have the patience to wait until your mud settles and the water is clear?

Can you remain unmoving until the right action arises by itself?

I invite you to discover, and then call forth the Samurai within, before you act.

This is what it means to respond from enlightened understanding. This is the enlightened response.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
9
-
7

Everything is My Teacher

A powerful spiritual practice is to adopt an attitude which undermines the prevailing attitude of ego

Contemplative Practice

During your day allow absolutely everyone and everything to be your teacher. Don’t be concerned with what you’re being taught, simply hold the attitude of learner.

Are you looking for the perfect spiritual teacher? If so, you may be surprised that you have already found it – whether you know it or not. Your life is your greatest teacher.

But when identified with ego we are not open to learning what life has to teach us; we are much more invested in confirming what we think we already know. The ego is always trying to prove that it is right, and it will interpret every life experience according to what it believes to be true. Leonardo da Vinci observed that “The greatest deception men suffer is that of their own opinion.”

A powerful spiritual practice is to adopt an attitude which deliberately undermines this prevailing attitude of the ego. An example would be to adopt an attitude such as “Everything (and Everyone) is My Teacher.”

This practice may be likened to that of a scientist conducting research. For science to learn the laws of nature it must first humble itself before nature.

And so, you become a researcher of your own life. Before you can master life, you must humble yourself before it to learn what it has to teach you.

This spiritual practice is a form of learning, but it is quite different from conventional learning; it is not gaining more knowledge but cultivating more wisdom. To grow in wisdom requires a deep emptiness, which is the best attitude for this practice.

A Japanese Zen master received a learned university professor who came to inquire about Zen. The professor introduced himself and began telling the Zen master how much he knew about Asian religion, Asian history, and Asian culture, but he knew relatively little about Zen, so he wanted to add this to his vast repertoire of knowledge.

The Zen master served the professor some tea. He filled the visitor’s cup to overflowing and then kept pouring. The professor shouted, “Stop man; the cup is already too full!” The Zen master responded “Like this cup you too are full of your presumed knowledge. I cannot show you Zen unless you first empty your cup.”

Meeting every experience as the empty teacup requires a willingness to stay open and vulnerable – this is humility. True humility is being teachable; being empty.

To make something (or someone) our teacher does not mean that you turn your life over to it; it simply means that you allow yourself to be open to its teaching. True humility is not self-abasement; and it does not mean that you abdicate our power to make choices.

Do not be attached to always understanding what a particular teaching is – that can be a subtle way for the ego to co-opt the process! The practice is about cultivating a certain attitude; it is not about acquiring knowledge. Just imagine bowing to every experience and saying, “This too, is my teacher.” That will lead to wisdom, which is much more than knowledge or intellectual understanding.

“In times of change, learners inherit the earth, while the learned find themselves beautifully equipped to deal with a world that no longer exists.”

Eric Hoffer

Contemplative Practice

During your day allow absolutely everyone and everything to be your teacher. Don’t be concerned with what you’re being taught, simply hold the attitude of learner.

Teaching
9
-
8

“Drinking a Cup of Tea, I Stop the War”

We are at war if there’s any part of ourself that we want to suppress or annihilate
Living fully in the present reveals how warfare originates within our own self

Contemplative Practice

When you do simple things today such as drinking a cup of tea, choose to do so mindfully and with an open heart. Then remind yourself that you are stopping a war.

Paul Reps was an American poet and artist who lived in Japan during the Vietnam War. When his visa expired, he applied for a one-year renewal at the consulate in Japan. They said it would take at least a month to process the paperwork--no exceptions. Reps returned the next day with the necessary papers and agreed to wait a month. He included a gratuitous poem in the official paperwork. It said, “Drinking a bowl of green tea, I stop the war.”

The visa officer glanced through the paperwork to make sure it was complete and then told Reps to come back the next day. When Reps returned the next day, he was handed a fully approved visa--for five-years!

“Drinking tea” (in this context) is a symbol for being fully present to the simplest activities of life. Drinking tea mindfully can stop the war in many ways.

Let's define “war” as “conflict attempting to be settled by violence with the intention to harm or destroy one’s adversary.” With this definition of war, we see that it is more than an armed conflict between two military powers. We are at war if there's any part of our self that we want to suppress or annihilate. We are at war if we wish to suppress or destroy another person or anything that person stands for. We are at war if we judge, condemn, or slander another individual or group of individuals.

Ralph Waldo Emerson writes, “There is no state of society or event in history to which there is not something corresponding in his [our] life. He should see that he can live all history in his own person.”

From the psychoanalysis of his German patients in the 1920’s, Dr. Carl Jung predicted Hitler's rise to power a full decade before it happened.

The poet Khalil Gibran writes, “And if it is a despot you would dethrone, see first that his throne erected within you is destroyed.”

Usually, we can distract ourselves to the point where we are unaware of our internal warfare. Our culture supplies virtually infinite ways for distraction. If we cannot manage to amuse ourselves then we become anxious and fidgety.

The French philosopher Blaise Pascal wrote, “All of humanity’s problems stem from man’s [our] inability to sit quietly in a room alone for half an hour.”

Because of the unwillingness to face our internal wars we have created many external wars. Denial and suppression push violence into the unconscious wherein it inevitably expresses itself in our life and the world.

Living mindfully will make us conscious of our buried conflicts and hidden inner wars. Living fully in the present reveals how warfare originates within our own self.

Let’s imagine a future scenario:

Two longstanding enemies agree to sit down to drink tea together.

X says, I hate you; I wish to destroy you.

Y says, I hate you too; and I wish to destroy you as well!

Now what?

The Mediator chimes in, “Well, you both agree on one thing-- you each feel hatred for one another. What if each of you explored your own experience of hatred?”

Okay. Okay.

As each party explores their experience of hatred, they see that it leads to rage, then to fear, then to helplessness, then to sadness, and then to grief. Each began to cry. As they let their tears mingle, they each see that there is no essential difference between their tears—nor the source of their tears.

Perhaps if we could let our tears mingle over a cup of tea, we would have less need to have our blood mingle on a battleground.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
9
-
9

Purifying the Heart

The heart is the seat of desire, emotion, intuition, and love

Contemplative Practice

Let your meditation today be one of willingness to have your heart purified. Then let go of all expectations.

“Blessed are the pure of heart for they shall see God.” (Mt 5.8) These are the words of Jesus as recorded in a set of teachings known today as the Sermon on the Mount.

Although some may hear this as “Be good and when you die you will go to heaven,” there is a much deeper and more profound teaching here that is relevant for our life today. So, let’s unpack this statement.

The “heart” has long been a metaphor for the subconscious and for our feeling nature. The heart is the seat of desire, emotion, intuition, and love. In contrast to this is the conscious, rational function of mind.

Why did he not say, “Blessed are the pure of mind or body….” rather than the “pure of heart”? Why is it we can “see God” only with a pure heart?

And what does it mean to “see God”?

Addressing this last question, we have a quote from Meister Eckhart, a twelfth century German mystic.

“The eye through which I see God is the same eye through which God sees me; my eye and God’s eye are one eye, one seeing, one knowing, one love.”

I “see God” by letting God see through me; and God sees through me only when my heart is pure.

What does it mean to have “a pure heart”? Pure means “uncontaminated, untainted, clear and fresh.”

It would appear that infants are born with a pure heart; and in the words of the poet William Wordsworth, they are “trailing clouds of glory…” This glory seems to follow us for a short time into childhood before it fades away as we become adults.

There was a time when meadow grove and stream,

the earth and every common sight,

to me did seem apparel’d in celestial light,

the glory and the freshness of a dream.

it is not now as it hath been of yore –  

turn wheresoever I may,

by night or day,

the things which I have seen

I now can see no more.

Imagine a spring in a high meadow that yields fresh, pure, clear water. This flowing water becomes a running brook, and then a large stream, and then a broad river flowing down the mountain and through farmlands where the runoff dumps pesticides, hormones, and antibiotics into it. It passes industrial cities that dump sewage and chemical contaminants into it. That once pure river may have become so contaminated that it no longer supports life.

To purify a river, we simply stop dumping pollutants into it. If we cease to contaminate the river it will purify itself. So it is with the heart: the heart becomes pure when we cease to contaminate it with toxins from the ego. The heart is polluted by greed, by hatred, by fear. These forces adulterate the heart and reinforce the ego. Most contamination is hidden from awareness. To become free of toxins we must become aware of their existence.

Ego identification dumps toxins of greed, hatred, and fear into the heart. Letting go of ego identification eventually purifies the heart. To cease identifying with the ego is to clarify our perception. We then see things as they really are rather than as a mirror of our own contaminated heart. To be free from ego identification is to have a pure heart. The pure heart sees God in all things.

“If the doors of our perception where cleansed everything would appear to man as it is, infinite.”

Contemplative Practice

Let your meditation today be one of willingness to have your heart purified. Then let go of all expectations.

Teaching
9
-
10

Wu Wei

“Nondoing” means non-efforting; which means allowing one’s life and one’s actions to unfold naturally.
Wu Wei is living in the creative flow of Life

Contemplative Practice

Throughout your day practice Wu Wei. Notice that it’s not something you can do out of out of willpower, yet it must be a conscious choice.

Wu Wei is a central practice of Taoism and is presented in the Tao Te Ching, the most sacred text in Taoism. Taoism is an ancient Chinese religion that originated roughly 2500 years ago. In the West, the most visible aspect of Taoism may be the familiar practice of tai chi.

In the first century CE Buddhism migrated into China and soon merged with Taoism, which had been in China for over 600 years. Chinese Buddhism and Taoism appear similar in many ways.

The Chinese term “Wu Wei” literally means non-doing. In English, this might imply physical or mental idleness or laziness, but that’s a far cry from the true meaning of the word.

In the Taoist context, “non-doing” means non-efforting; which means allowing one’s life and one’s actions to unfold naturally. To practice Wu Wei does not mean that you must cease to live an active life in the world or eschew your life responsibilities.

To understand Wu Wei, it’s helpful to be acquainted with the concept of Tao. Tao literally means “The Way.” This term means several things, all of which are difficult to articulate in English.

The Tao Te Ching, the sacred text of Taoism begins with these enigmatic words: “The Tao that can be named is not the Tao.”

The Tao has both universal and personal dimensions. It can be referenced as “The Way of the Universe” or “The way that we should live our lives.” These two dimensions are very much interrelated. Wu Wei applies to both.

We cannot describe Wu Wei, but we can use words to point to it. It may be likened to the term, “flow” or the “zone.” Psychologist Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi defines “being in the zone” as “flow”  –  a state of heightened focus and blissful immersion. In his Ted Talk he describes the experience like this:

There’s this focus that, once it becomes intense, leads to a sense of ecstasy, a sense of clarity: you know exactly what you want to do from one moment to the other... Sense of time disappears. You forget yourself. You feel part of something larger.

Many of us have experienced this. Athletes, dancers, painters, and musicians often describe times when they are at one with the dance, the music, or the art…and this can happen with any activity.

Wu Wei is living in the creative flow of Life. It is living in the Tao. The term Tao (The Way) may be likened to the Buddhist term Dharma, which also has many levels of meaning; among which is the Way, the teaching, or the practice.

   Wu Wei can also be likened to the experience of no-self or anatta. No-self doesn’t mean that you don’t exist, and it doesn’t mean that you cannot function in the world. No-self (anatta) simply means that you do not identify with a being that is separate from the rest of the world. It means that you do not identify with a being that attempts to make things happen or tries to control the events in your life. Your life has a life of its own; and this life is part of a much larger Life.

The Tao of heaven does not strive, and yet it overcomes.

It does not speak and yet it is answered.

It does not ask, yet it is supplied with all its needs.

It seems at ease, and yet it follows a plan.

This is more than poetry or an abstract spiritual principle. It is very real, and very practical.

Derrah Brustein, a business strategist and a life coach, interviewed Deepak Chopra. Here is an excerpt of that interview.

DB: You seem to have a really packed schedule. How do you keep your energy abundant?

DC:  Well, I don't identify with experience. It's just the way I am or have been for many decades. I'm in the habit of observing the experience and letting it rise and fall in my awareness, knowing that the real me is not bound by experience…….  The formula is do less, accomplish more, and ultimately do nothing and accomplish everything.   I feel I do nothing; everything happens.

How can one cultivate Wu Wei? To answer that question let’s look at the Tao Te Ching itself.

Pursue knowledge, daily gain
Pursue Tao, daily loss!

Loss and more loss
Until one reaches unattached action
With unattached action, there is nothing one cannot do.

Let go. Let go. Let go.

And then open and step into the flow of the Universe.

Contemplative Practice

Questions

  1. What are four characteristics common to both the Warrior and the Yogi?
  2. Name five spiritual practices that cultivate love.
  3. What is the spiritual practice, “Everyone is my teacher”? How does it work to dissolve ego?
  4. What does it mean to see “Death as Your Advisor”? What are the benefits of this practice?
  5. What is spiritual guidance? What are some ways of accessing spiritual guidance?
  6. What is authenticity? What is it that keeps us from being completely authentic?
  7. What are some ways we can discern spiritual guidance from the voice of ego?
  8. What is an “enlightened response”? How do we cultivate an enlightened response?
  9. “Blessed are the pure of heart for they shall see God.” Give an interpretation of these words.
  10. Explain Wu Wei. What Buddhist term, and what modern psychological term may allude to the experience of Wu Wei?

Prelude 10

Blowing through heaven and earth, and in our hearts and in the heart of every living thing, is a gigantic breath – a great Cry – which we call God. Plant life wished to continue its motionless sleep next to stagnant waters, but the Cry leaped up within it and violently shook its roots:” Away, Let go of the earth, walk!” Had the tree been able to think and judge, it would have cried, “I don't want to. What are you urging me to do! You are demanding the impossible!” But the Cry, without pity, kept shaking its roots and shouting, “Away, let go of the earth, walk!”

It shouted in this way for thousands of eons; and lo! As a result of desire and struggle, life escaped the motionless tree and was liberated.

Animals appeared – worms – making themselves at home in water and mud. “We’re just fine here,” they said.” We have peace and security; we're not budging!”

But the terrible Cry hammered itself pitilessly into their loins.” Leave the mud, stand up, give birth to your betters!”

“We don't want to! We can't!”

“You can't, but I can. Stand up!”

And lo! After thousands of eons, man emerged, trembling on his still unsolid legs.

The human being is a Centaur; his equine hoofs are planted in the ground, but his body, from breast to head is worked on and tormented by the merciless Cry. He has been fighting, again for thousands of eons, to draw himself, like a sword, out of his animalistic scabbard. He is also fighting – this is his new struggle – to draw himself out of his human scabbard. Man calls in despair, “Where can I go! I have reached the pinnacle, beyond is the abyss.” And the Cry answers,” I am beyond, stand up!’

Teaching
10
-
1

The Universe Speaks in Ten Thousand Ways

At the Integral stage of consciousness, we know the universe to be endlessly revealing itself to us
The guidance that we seek is closer than our next breath

Contemplative Practice

Imagine that the universe is alive and wants to reveal itself to you. Practice listening to it.

Many in our culture believe that knowledge comes to us only via the senses; that the only legitimate source of knowledge is via empirical science and conclusions drawn from empiricism. Some in our culture believe that true knowledge is also given though divine revelation via sacred scripture. And some believe that legitimate knowledge is also obtainable through intuitive or psychic means. As a culture, we have a very mixed and conflicted epistemology.

Truth can be revealed in an infinite number of ways because truth is what we are. To be is to know. “Truth lies within ourselves: it takes no rise from outward things, whatever you may believe.”  But in egoic identification we separate our sense of self from both being and knowing; we seek truth as if it were outside of us. Only if we feel separated from our essential nature do we seek it outside of ourselves.

Virtually all of us alive today is in the mental structure of consciousness as described by the philosopher Jean Gebser. As such, we perceive time and space as absolute; we perceive the material world to be essentially non-living and devoid of meaning; and we perceive ourselves to be embedded in, yet separated from, the world around us. Present-day humanity, deeply embedded in this structure, feels trapped and isolated in a dead and meaningless universe.

At another level of consciousness (Gebser’s Integral structure of consciousness) we experience the world to be alive with meaning and ourselves an intrinsic part of that meaning. We experience a profound sense of belonging and a deep intimacy with the universe. At the Integral stage of consciousness, we know the universe to be endlessly revealing itself to us.

Several years ago, I was speaking at a church on the island of Maui, HI. At the church service a young Japanese girl, named Kamiko, played an incredibly beautiful piece of music on the piano. After the service I introduced myself and told her how I appreciated her performance. I did not recognize the composition that she played, so I asked her the name of the composer. With a shy smile, she said “me.” Kamiko then told me the following story.

About three years earlier (she was thirteen at that time) Kamiko was with her parents vacationing on Maui. She was swimming alone in shallow water when she noticed three dolphins near her. They were about thirty feet away and began swimming in a circle around her. She was spellbound. They swam in this circle for several minutes and then disappeared.

That night she was awakened by the sound of piano music. Kamiko soon realized that she was the only one who could hear the music – it was coming from inside her. She began to see musical notes in her mind’s eye, so she copied these notes on paper. She did so until the music stopped. This scenario continued intermittently for several nights until she had recorded the complete score. The melody that I heard her play was the first one she had recorded. She “composed” several more pieces in this manner. Eventually the phenomenon ceased, but she began to consciously compose music in a more conventional – yet highly creative way. At age sixteen it seemed that she was well on her way to a shining career in musical composition and performance!

I tell this story not to imply that dolphins have supernatural powers, but to illustrate the point that we live in a universe far more intelligent and interconnected than we can imagine. We live in a universe that loves to reveal its nature to us. We just need to be open… and listen.

I meet many people who are “seeking guidance” about something. This is good if we don’t become too fixated on how that guidance is to appear. Often, I hear it portrayed as some kind of “divine download”  – as if the guidance we look for is floating about in cosmic cyberspace. The guidance that we seek is closer than our next breath when we release the mental constructs that create the illusion of separation.

Often the problem is not that we aren’t getting the right answers, it’s that we are not asking the right questions. Perhaps we need to focus more upon forming the question than getting the answer. I have found much wisdom in these words from Rainer Maria Rilke:

…have patience with everything that remains unsolved in your heart. Try to love the questions themselves, like locked rooms and like books written in a foreign language. Do not now look for the answers. They cannot now be given to you because you could not live them. It is a question of experiencing everything. At present you need to live the question. Perhaps you will gradually, without even noticing it, find yourself experiencing the answer, some distant day.

Conscious evolution involves asking relevant questions and mindfully living out the answers. The questions we ask are shaped by the intentions that we hold in mind and heart; the answers we receive are forged by the quality of our attention.

Contemplative Practice

Imagine that the universe is alive and wants to reveal itself to you. Practice listening to it.

Teaching
10
-
2

The Evolutionary Impulse

As we personally evolve in consciousness, we take part in the transformation of all life on earth

Contemplative Practice

When you engage in spiritual practice today know that you are not only transforming yourself but are also in the transformation of all life on this planet.

About one hundred thousand years ago a gradual, but powerful, shift was occurring on our planet. For the first time since the origin of life on earth over three and a half billion years ago, the leading edge of evolution shifted from biological evolution to the evolution of consciousness. Since that time, we have changed little physically, but look how far, and how fast, we have come in just one hundred thousand years.

One hundred thousand years ago humankind became capable of self-reflection. About one hundred years ago another profound shift occurred. At that time, a few individuals began to see that we are now responsible for our own evolution. One of them was the renowned paleontologist/ philosopher/ visionary Teilhard de Chardin. He wrote that the time is ripe for a transformation of human consciousness into a state of hyper-reflection.” He said that we are becoming evolution itself.

He went on to say that as we personally evolve in consciousness, we are taking part in the transformation of all life on earth. And, like never before, the time is now ripe for us to wake up to our evolutionary potential.

But how do we wake up to this evolutionary potential? The journey is unique for each of us and yet there are several spiritual practices that can be essential to our journey.

The simplest and most direct practice (not necessarily the easiest) is that of continuous direct moment-to-moment awareness: being aware and being aware that we are aware. This may be the beginning of the state of awareness Teilhard referred to as hyper-reflection.

The practice is simple because it can be explained in less than five minutes; but it can take a lifetime to master it! It is the most direct path to awakening because it involves virtually every activity of the mind and body every moment of the day.

It is quite easy to do at any given moment; it is very difficult to do for a sustained period. It is especially important that we be patient and gentle with ourselves; kindness to self and others is extremely important on this journey. Right effort is the middle way between stridency and laziness.

Another thing to keep in mind is that while it may feel like we are “doing” a spiritual practice something much greater than ourselves is at work. In a way it is being done through us. Some would call this the Evolutionary Impulse. This is the same Impulse that birthed the universe with what scientists call The Big Bang. This is the very same Impulse to which Emerson refers in his Essay on the Over-Soul:

Man is a stream whose source is hidden. Our being is descending into us from we know not whence…. I am constrained every moment to acknowledge a higher origin for events than the will I call mine.

Paradoxically it is up to us and yet we are but instruments of a Higher Power. Our work is to be willing to be such an instrument, to engage in our practice the best we can, and to let go of any attachment to the results of our efforts. In this way we are taking part in the evolutionary transformation of consciousness now unfolding on our planet.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
10
-
3

Conscious Evolution

The motivation to evolve is within us; it is the core of who we are
Personal transformation and global evolution are inseparable.

Contemplative Practice

Practice recognizing your life as a vital part of the evolution of all life on earth. Notice how this affects the way you live.

Now we explore the relevancy of Buddhist teachings to our evolutionary journey. The heart of this philosophy lies in the Eight-fold Path of Awakening, which begins with two principles that are relevant to the journey of conscious evolution. These principles are called right understanding and right motivation.

These are not rules or commandments; they are principles which identify different facets of the awakening process. The term right might best be translated as wise or skillful. In practice, these two principles are interrelated.

Let us talk briefly about wise motivation. We can begin with the recognition that our very motivation to understand and to engage in conscious evolution originates from within the evolutionary process itself. It is not something within us that is reaching for something outside of us; nor is it that something outside of us that is influencing our inner motivation. This motivation to evolve is within us, and it surrounds us; it is the core of who we are.

We recognize that our motivation to evolve is itself part of the response. Our sense of wonder and of awe at the immense potential within us is itself a motivational force and a response. Our desire to bring this potential into manifestation in our life and in the world is an expression of this evolutionary force.

And now we address wise understanding. The wonderful paradox is that both our desire to understand the evolutionary process and our motivation to engage in it consciously, originate from within the evolutionary process itself. Evolution requires itself to become conscious. This reminds me of the well-some of the edge known C W Escher drawing which portrays two hands: each one drawing the other! Our usual assumptions of cause and effect become baffled by this process. Cause and effect are reciprocal and indistinguishable.

Similarly, our familiar dichotomy of doing and not-doing is turned inside out. We are conditioned to think of ourselves as actively doing something from our own volition, or of passively doing nothing at all. Either we are responsible, or we are not; either we are in control, or we are not. We see our self as either active or at rest, giver, or receiver, subject or object.

But the evolutionary impulse is done neither by us, nor for us, nor to us. It is done through us. We are instruments of it and for it. In this process we are simultaneously active and passive, subject and object, seed, and fruit. We are both alpha and omega. We are not a thing; we are a process. Not a noun; but a verb.

The American philosopher John Boodin eloquently captures this sentiment. “We are part of a creative destiny, reaching backward and forward to infinity…. We are the fruition of a process that stretches back to star dust. We are material in the hands of the Genius of the universe for a still larger destiny that we cannot see….”

Evolution is natural: we will it to occur or will it to not occur. However, conscious evolution requires our active consent and our active involvement. We cannot sleep through it. In a recent discussion with a friend on the topic of personal will versus divine will, we concluded that we must be willing to surrender to the divine will; otherwise, it cannot unfold though us. Our primary work then is to see where we are unconsciously blocking the awareness and expression of the divine will. Likewise, conscious evolution may be considered a metaphor for the unfolding of the divine will – not to us or for us, but through us.

We unwittingly block the divine will – AKA conscious evolution – not so much by what we do not know, but by what we know, but don’t know that we know, in other words, by our unconscious beliefs and assumptions. We must know what we know and then discern if what we know is true. If it is not, then it must be released. And if we are not willing to release it, then we need to see why we are holding on to it. Much of conscious evolution is simply becoming conscious of what we believe to be true.

Yet another paradox we meet on our journey is that of what we call “personal” versus what we call “collective;” or individual versus group; or part versus whole. The transformation of consciousness must take place one person at a time; how else could it happen? However, who we are as an individual – as a person – cannot be separated from our relationships and from our environment, who we are is always contextual. Human beings can never be considered solely as individuals – we are innately connected in a broader web.

We are deeply interconnected in many ways and at many levels. Our personal reality is fundamentally embedded in a collective reality. Evolution and transformation can never be considered in isolation. To consider oneself as an individual and as part of a greater whole is to simply look at two sides of our being; they are intrinsically inseparable. We are like an electron that may behave like a wave or may behave like a particle, depending upon circumstances and perspective. We are both an individual and a collective. Personal transformation and global evolution are inseparable. We may consider each aspect separately – this may be helpful for our understanding – but these are but two perspectives of our earthly expression.

Likewise, our human nature is not apart from our divine nature; the absolute is not apart from the relative. Once again, these may be considered separately, but they are simply different profiles of the same face. Evolution and personal transformation are different profiles of the same process separated only by the perspective of time. Both are descriptions of spiritual awakening, which is the destiny of every one of us.

Contemplative Practice

Practice recognizing your life as a vital part of the evolution of all life on earth. Notice how this affects the way you live.

Teaching
10
-
4

Who Am I?

You are Life that has involved itself into human form
Who I really am is forever a mystery to the mind

Contemplative Practice

Meditate on the question, “Who Am I?” Go beyond words and concepts.

Conscious evolution is calling humanity to evolve beyond the present level of ego identification. To evolve beyond this level, we must see how we became involved within it. You are Life that has involved itself into matter and evolved itself into human form. You are Life calling itself me.  But who, or what, is this being called me? Who am I?

Well, I might begin by saying that “I am this body.” I certainly identify with a particular physical form. I look in the mirror and I say, “That one’s me!”

But is this physical form my deepest identification? Do I, like most animals, spend most of my time feeding, defending, and protecting my physical body? Probably not, I, like most people, spend much more time feeding, defending, and protecting some invisible entity that lives somewhere within this body – namely, in the head. Fortunately, it is rare that my body feels threatened, but this entity inside of my head feels threatened much of the time! I put a lot of energy into its care and feeding, and its safety and security.

I am referring to what many would call the ego. It is the ego, not the body that gets most of our attention. In fact, many of us will neglect or mistreat the body to satisfy the ego.

The word ego is Latin for “I.” So let’s explore this “I.” If someone says, “Who are you?” We typically respond by sharing factual data such as name, gender, nationality, etc. “I am John, a male, an American…”  This is fine for social conversation, but in truth there could be several people who fit the description I just provided, but they are not me. So, what is it that makes me, me?

I could describe psychological characteristics: introvert, intuitive, intelligent etc. …. But once again, these are simply descriptive categories – not unique to me. They may be helpful at times, but they don’t answer the question “Who am I?”

I can speak theologically and say ‘I am a soul” or “I am a spirit;” but these are terms which identify categories of being. They may be helpful in describing what I am, but they do not define who I am.

I can say “Let me tell you more about myself,” and then say “I like pizza, baseball, and jazz. My best friends are Tom, Jerry, and Suzy. I am committed to improving the world.” Now we are getting a bit more personal because we are going beyond categories describing me to identifying my values and my desires. This may give you a more personal sense of me, but who is the me that has these desires and values?

This exploration is analogous to someone entering a very dark room with a flashlight in hand and slowly searching every square inch of the room with the flashlight beam. Eventually you will see everything in that room… except for one thing. You will never see the source of the light: the flashlight.

The self is forever the subject. When we try to see the self as an object it disappears. It’s like trying to see the back of your head; it forever eludes you.

When I ask, “Who am I?” I could follow with the question “Who is it that is asking ‘Who am I?’” Which in turn could be followed by the question “Who is it that is asking ‘Who is it that is asking who I am?’” This process could go on forever – it is an infinite regress. It is like holding two mirrors in front of each other: we see an infinite series of images of “me looking at me looking at me…...”

“I” disappears in the very searching for it. We can never find this “I” because it is the subject that is looking for itself as an object; and the subject is forever the subject, it can never be the object. The philosopher Alan Watts would often say that trying to locate this “I” is like “trying to bite your own teeth!”

Who I really am, who you really are, is forever a mystery to the mind.

Knowing this limitation, we can still use the mind, and its concepts, and its words, but in a different way. Rather than using the mind to define the self, let’s use the mind, and its tools, to point to the self. Words and concepts can be used as signposts which point to the destination but are not intended to be the destination itself. A sign pointing to New York City is not New York City, but it can help you to get there, so that you can experience New York City directly for yourself.

We find accounts of individuals throughout history who seem to have experienced this “true self beyond the mind.” Some of the words left by these folks can be useful signposts. Going further, we can at look teachings given by those who have not only experienced the true self but seem to have lived from it most of the time. These teachings are like trail markers from those who have traveled the path before us.

Throughout the world we find teachings of wisdom that seem remarkably similar, even though they originated in different places and at different periods of human history. We can readily find these teachings embedded within many Eastern religious scriptures and texts. In the West, this ancient wisdom has, until recently, been largely hidden from the average person’s view. Fortunately for us living today, the teachings from virtually every wisdom tradition throughout human history are readily available to us, and in many forms.

Virtually all the great wisdom teachings tell us that who we are can never be defined but can be directly experienced through some form of spiritual practice; and that experience is indescribable!

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
10
-
5

The Human Dilemma

As human beings we have two immensely powerful internal forces pushing us in opposite directions

Contemplative Practice

Throughout the day be aware of the desire to survive as you are, and the desire to transcend your present state of being.

“More than any other time in history, mankind faces a crossroads. One path leads to despair and utter hopelessness. The other, to total extinction. Let us pray we have the wisdom to choose correctly.”

Woody Allen

This is Woody Allen speaking from his signature nihilistic view of life. He reflects the modern worldview that says we are nothing beyond our human biology and that life is meaningless.

But there is another perspective that stands on the premise that life is purposeful and that we are much more than just human; yet, by all appearances we are deeply embedded in our human nature – this is quite clear. The evidence that we are more than human is difficult to perceive.

This is our struggle.

As human beings we have two immensely powerful internal forces pushing us in opposite directions. We have a survival instinct: the drive to survive in physical form. And this has been overlaid by the drive to survive as a psychological entity, as an individual ego. Sometimes this drive can be even stronger than the one for physical survival.

Yet, within us is another powerful drive: the divine impulse to grow, to evolve, and to become more than we seem to be. This drive for self-transcendence is present in all life forms; albeit unconscious in most of them. But, with some humans it has become conscious; and it may be very compelling.

This dilemma of self-preservation and self-transcendence is a central theme throughout human history. In nearly every human being, the tension of these conflicting forces is experienced to some degree; sometimes consciously, but most often not.

In Christian circles we may hear someone say that “Everyone wants to go to heaven, but no one wants to die to get there.” In New Age circles this statement could be paraphrased as “Everyone wants spiritual transformation, but no one wants to sacrifice their ego-identity to attain it.” To face the death of the body is not easy, but we all must, eventually. To face the death of the ego may be even more difficult, and relatively few of us do so.

Human beings will go to almost any length to preserve their identity, to lose it feels like death, or worse. And yet human beings have also gone to incredible lengths to transcend their identity. The history of humanity is a fascinating drama depicting how we have played out these conflicting drives.

This conflict is now being felt more poignantly than ever before. The tension between these two powerful forces is virtually palpable in our world today: caught between the beasts and the angels; torn between safety, comfort and security and the indomitable force within us that demands that we come up higher, to be more than we are now. This tension is part of the present crisis which is evoking us to birth a greater reality.

By deepening our awareness of both forces – the drive to keep our present identity and the drive to evolve beyond it – we will be in a better position to facilitate this birth. The degree of conflict and suffering that we experience in this birthing process is a function of our understanding (or lack of it) and our willingness to consciously embrace the evolutionary process of transformation.

To the degree that we are unconscious our evolution occurs with fits and starts, and with much conflict and suffering. We will evolve, that is a given; but whether that evolution occurs through a cataclysmic Armageddon experience or from a natural cosmic childbirth, is largely up to us.  

Contemplative Practice

Throughout the day be aware of the desire to survive as you are, and the desire to transcend your present state of being.

Teaching
10
-
6

The Next Step in Human Evolution

We must listen to the voice of intuition as much as to the voice of the intellect

Contemplative Practice

Throughout the day, when you find yourself attempting to solve a problem, stop thinking, relax and invite your intuition to come forth.

About 150 years ago Henry David Thoreau wrote, “The mass of men lead lives of quiet desperation.” If Thoreau were alive today, he would undoubtedly recognize that our desperation is no longer quiet – it has become very loud indeed!

Every one of the many problems facing humanity today has one fundamental cause: we – human beings – do not know who we really are; we are disconnected from our true nature. Disconnected from our true nature, we feel an inner hunger which we seek to assuage with possessions and experiences in and from the external world. This includes material wealth as well as mental and emotional possessions, such as relationships, social recognition, roles, power, and status. (None of these are inherently bad; the problem arises when we use them to feed our inner emptiness).

Humankind has lost sight of its true nature and is trying to fill this existential vacuum with things in and of this world. We have become totally addicted to this quest for satisfaction, yet true satisfaction has forever eluded us.

We have engaged a very powerful tool in our search: the rational mind. The mind has evolved to sustain our survival, but we have used it to seek satisfaction and happiness. While it has served us well (so far) in maintaining our physical survival, it has failed to produce the essential satisfaction that we seek. It has kept us alive, but it has not brought us happiness.

We are now discovering that the same rational mind that has helped us survive so far may not serve as well today; we are seeing that while the rational mind may be excellent at solving acute and immediate problems, it does not do so well on problems that require a global or long-term solution. The result of this fact is that our solution to one problem has eventually become itself the next problem. Today’s cure becomes tomorrow’s illness.

From DDT to hairspray, from fossil fuel to penicillin, we see that today’s dream fulfilled becomes tomorrow’s nightmare. The rational mind has myopia: it sees fairly well that which is right in front of it –  but fails to see much further. When this issue is coupled with our attempt to feed our inner emptiness with the things of this world, we create problems that appear intractable and overwhelming.  Identified with the rational mind we cannot perceive a future that is much different from the past. The intellect knows only that which it perceives (or has perceived) through the senses.

Changing life conditions forced the evolution of humankind from the level of instinct to the level of the intellect. Now we are being called to evolve into another dimension of the mind – that of intuition.

Through intuition we can connect with our own true nature and receive information from the world around us. This means that we can function from a very different level of being. We are no longer limited by the past; we can become creative, we can truly create rather than simply replicate the past.    

We cultivate access to our true nature when we give our inner world as much attention and validity as we do our outer world. We must listen to the voice of intuition as much as to the voice of the intellect. Listening to the silence of the inner world as fervently as we listen to the noise of the external world will cultivate evolution to this next level.

Just as reasoning and understanding the outer world takes time and diligence, so too does cultivating intuition and developing an understanding of our inner world. By practicing meditation and internal listening we cultivate our inner world and can bring ourselves into balance and wholeness. Until we can bring ourselves into this state of wholeness, we will be unable to develop long-term solutions to the many crises in our world today. Let us pray that we do.

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
10
-
7

The Heart of Desire

We allow desire to be the object of awareness rather than the subject

Contemplative Practice

Today whenever you feel desire see if you can let go of attachment to the object of desire and feel the energy of desire itself. Feel it in your body. You can start with something small and work your way up to stronger desires.

Buddhist teachers tell us that craving can be overcome by the diligent practice of nonattached awareness. As we do this, we become able to distinguish between addictive craving and healthy desire. We can then live in the heart of desire rather than in the mind of craving.

As we can experience desire without necessarily acting it and without attachment to results then we begin to gain clarity as to which desires should be acted upon and which ones are best left alone. We become like the surfer who enters the ocean and just watches the waves come in until he finds the one that he wants to ride.

Rather than being preoccupied with the object of desire we can enter the experience of the desire itself by exploring our thoughts, emotions, and physical sensations. We see the desire itself rather than seeing through eyes clouded by desire. We allow desire to be the object of awareness rather than the subject. This practice allows us to experience the deeper essence of desire itself.

As we live in the heart of desire rather than in the mind of craving the force that motivates us will gradually shift. Rather than being driven solely by self-gratification we find that we “march to the tune of a different drummer.”

Our personal desires become aligned with the universal good.

Just as every cell in a healthy body is aligned with the greater good of the body itself, we see that we are all cells in a larger body. This larger body is not formed by religion, politics, ethnicity or economic interests but rather by our common humanity. For some, the body extends even beyond humanity to embrace all life on earth – including the earth itself.

With the simile of each individual as a cell in a larger body egocentric craving could be seen as a form of cancer wherein individual cells selfishly multiply and consume the body rather than support its overall health and wellbeing. Self-centered craving is a form of malignancy that is detrimental to the larger web of life. This malignancy is the cause of a wide variety of ecological, economic, and social crises facing humankind today.

As our personal desires are aligned with the universal good, we become aligned with that which some call the Divine Will, and others call the Evolutionary Impulse. Whatever name we ascribe to it, it becomes the overwhelming desire of our heart. This desire is not craving to save the world or to avenge the injustices of evildoers but to simply do that which makes your heart sing. The deepest desire of your heart is to align your heart with the flow of the One Life as it seeks its unique expression though you.

Attuned to this universal flow of life we see that we are not the doers of our deeds; we are but the channels through which the universe evolves into new dimensions of experience. Our work is to stay awake and to listen to our hearts. Our work is to surrender to the great current of life flowing through us and as us –  and then do what is ours to do.

Contemplative Practice

Today whenever you feel desire see if you can let go of attachment to the object of desire and feel the energy of desire itself. Feel it in your body. You can start with something small and work your way up to stronger desires.

Teaching
10
-
8

May Day! May Day! May Day!

Today, 38 percent of the world’s people live in countries rated Not Free.
The sacred warrior discovers the basic goodness of human life and radiates that goodness into the world

Contemplative Practice

Today meditate upon the basic goodness within you. When you feel that you found it, radiate that energy into the world, touching all beings everywhere.

The title of this teaching is an international distress call saying that disaster is imminent. Typically, it is used when an airplane is about to crash, or a ship is about to sink.

Do I believe that a disaster is imminent in our world today?

Yes, indeed. And there are many!

The rate of gun violence is off the charts in the US. Senseless murders are occurring at an alarming rate. Mass shootings in schools, churches and civic events are becoming a regular occurrence. Preliminary data from the Centers for Disease Control showed more than 48,000 firearm homicides for 2022. (The age-adjusted gun death rate of 14.8 per 100,000 people was the highest since 1993, a high-water mark for American gun violence).

Climate change is already worse than expected, says a new UN report. The crisis sems to be worsening with every study and report published.

To date, greenhouse gas emissions have resulted in a mean global temperature increase of nearly two degrees Fahrenheit).

Climate change is causing greater impacts than expected, and at lower temperatures than anticipated, disrupting natural systems and affecting the lives of billions of people around the world.

Democracy is under attack. Dictatorships are on the increase around the globe. A total of 60 countries suffered declines in political rights and civil liberties over the past year, while only 25 improved. As of today, some 38 percent of the world’s people live in countries rated Not Free, the highest proportion since 1997. Only two in 10 people live in Free countries.

One in ten people on the planet (771 million people) lack access to clean water. Women and girls spend an estimated 200 million hours carrying water every day. More than 800 children under 5 die every day from diarrhea caused by contaminated water, poor sanitation, and unsafe hygiene practices. Over 1.6 billion people live without access to adequate sanitation.

Opioid overdose deaths, including prescription opioids, heroin, and synthetic opioids like fentanyl, have increased by more than eight times since 19991. . In 2021, there were an estimated 100,306 drug overdose deaths in the United States, with 75,673 of those deaths involving opioids. About 3.8% of American adults abuse opioids each year, which is over 10 million people.

Clearly the wheels are coming off!

What can you do about it?

Here is a suggestion from Prof. John M. Gerber, delivered in a graduation address to students at the University of Massachusetts.

This a prophecy that came from Tibetan Buddhism about twelve hundred years ago. There are several interpretations of this prophecy. Here is an excerpt:

The Shambhala Prophecy says... there will come a time when all life on Earth is in danger. In this era, great barbarian forces will arise which have unfathomable destructive power. New, unforeseen technologies will appear during this time, with the potential to lay waste to the entire world. In this era, when the future of sentient life seems to hang by the frailest of threads, the kingdom of Shambhala will appear.

The kingdom of Shambhala is not a geopolitical place, but a place that exists in the hearts and minds of the Shambhala warrior. These warriors wear no special uniform, nor do they have titles or ranks. They have no workplace; their work is everywhere. They look just like everyone else on the outside, but they hold the kingdom of Shambhala on the inside.

Now the time comes when great courage is required of the Shambhala warriors. The time comes when they must go into the very heart of the barbarian power, into the buildings, offices, factories, and centers of learning where the weapons of destruction are made – in order to dismantle them.

The tools of the Shambhala warriors are compassion for all, and knowledge of the interconnectedness of all things. Both are necessary.

Within each Shambhala warrior these two tools, compassion, and insight, can sustain you as agents of wholesome change. They are gifts for you to claim and share now in healing our world.

Regardless of your belief in prophecies, I encourage you to consider becoming a “Shambhala Warrior.” – XXX

According to Chayim Trungpa, there is a basic human wisdom that can help solve the world’s problems. It doesn’t belong to any one culture or region or religious tradition – though it can be found in many of them throughout history. It’s what Trungpa called the Sacred Path of the Warrior. The Shambhala warrior conquers the world not through violence or aggression, but through gentleness, courage, and self-knowledge. The sacred warrior discovers the basic goodness of human life and radiates that goodness out into the world for the peace and sanity of others.

Let’s try it!

Contemplative Practice

Teaching
10
-
9

Apocalypse Now?

The archetype of the Apocalypse is found in virtually every culture throughout history
An apocalypse is like an earthquake—it is felt suddenly, yet it has been building for eons
Do what you are called to do

Contemplative Practice

Take some time to study the nature of archetypes—particularly the archetype of the Apocalypse. You may find this time rich with insight into your own life right now.

These days I hear many references to the Apocalypse, so I considered my own view of current events vis a vis what I know about this phenomenon called The Apocalypse.

Most people take the term Apocalypse to mean, “The end of the world,” but that definition is not entirely correct. The term Apocalypse is Greek for the word Revelation. Many associate this word with the last book of the Christian Bible (aka New Testament) which is titled The Book of Revelation.

Many dismiss this text as nonsense. Some see it as God’s “Preview of Coming Attractions.” Most scholars see it as relevant to certain events 2000 years ago, but definitely not pertinent for us today. A few people see this writing as the expression of an archetype that is as relevant today as it was then.

An archetype is a pattern or blueprint through which we understand and shape our life experiences. Archetype’s function both personally, in our own life, and collectively, in our culture. One way to see the various archetypes at work is in stories, particularly in science fiction, fantasy, fairy tales, and myths. Stories such as Star Wars, Harry Potter, Lord of the Rings, Sleeping Beauty, and the Odyssey portray a variety of archetypes such as, the Villain, the Hero, the Wizard, the Wise Old Man, the Damsel in Distress, the Fallen Angel, the Prince Charming, the Evil Witch, and many others. These archetypes shape the way we see human history and contemporary events in our world. (Space does not allow more detail on this fascinating topic.)                      

The archetype of the Apocalypse is found in virtually every culture throughout history. The general pattern of this archetype can be described as follows: Because of humanity’s sinfulness, ignorance and/or need to evolve, some force greater than us destroys our world. The outlook is extremely bleak; and then some benign Power dramatically intervenes – at the very last minute – and saves humanity (sometimes only “the chosen” are saved.) A New Order is established which is followed by a Golden Age that lasts for eons of time.

The underlying message in every apocalyptic story: 1) We have been living in a wrong, sinful or unsustainable way. 2) It is now time to “pay the bill”, to reap what we have sown. 3) Things will get very bad, and then dramatically get better than ever before.

An apocalypse may be likened to an earthquake, which by us is experienced as sudden and unexpected, yet the causative forces have been building up underground for a very long time. A divorce may blindside us. The diagnosis of a serious illness may come like a lightning bolt. A sudden economic downturn throws us for a loop. And yet, the underlying causes of each of these may have been brewing silently for years before their emergence. The same thing is true for wars, famines, plagues and political revolutions.

The “Revelation” arrives like a volcanic eruption – explosive and devastating. In the Gospel of John, Jesus says, “The truth will set you free.” He might have followed this up by saying: “But first, it will knock you on your ass!” (If he did, it was never recorded!)

The vision of a man named John on the Island of Patmos was recorded as The Book of Revelation. It was not written to frighten people but rather to give the Christians of that time faith and hope within in a time of great suffering. In so many words, the underlying message is: “Hang on… the Lord is coming.”

Some are still waiting; most have given up. I don’t expect to see God descending from the heavens on a white horse, but I do believe we may be at the end of a world – a world that we have created and lived in for a long time. It’s a world that is no longer sustainable – or even viable. It is a dying world. It’s like a religion that worships money, power, glamour and self-indulgence. It is a way of life that loves things, uses people and destroys its environment. Perhaps this is a good time for it to die!

Throughout history humans have been though many apocalyptic events, and life on this planet has been through even more of them. Many times, in the history of this planet, life appears to be totally eliminated – but not so! Always, something greater emerges from what appears to be a devastating disaster; like the Phoenix rising from the ashes, life has survived and evolved into more complex, intelligent and durable forms.

We will survive – but not without a significant amount of hard work and suffering. The emergence of the greater is fostered through the work itself. Doing what we need to do to survive is the very thing that births the new life. This is how life has evolved on this planet: from one crisis to the next. As we struggle to go beyond our presumed limitations, God does not descend from the sky; God arises from the depths within each of us.

Do what is yours to do. Do it with courage – but without drama. We don’t need not create a story about what should, could or ought to be; just do what needs to be done. This is how we evolved our physical organs – our eyes, ears, arms, hands; and this is how the soul develops. Do what you are called to do. Do it mindfully and with compassion for all beings – especially for yourself.

These words from Christopher Fry’s play, “A Sleep of Prisoners.” Seem quite relevant today:

The human heart can go the lengths of God…
Dark and cold we may be, but this
Is no winter now. The frozen misery
Of centuries breaks, cracks, begins to move;
The thunder is the thunder of the floes,
The thaw, the flood, the upstart Spring.

Thank God our time is now when wrong
Comes up to face us everywhere,
Never to leave us till we take
The longest stride of soul we ever took.

Affairs are now soul size.
The enterprise
Is exploration into God.
Where are you making for? It takes
So many thousand years to wake,
But will you wake for pity’s sake.

Contemplative Practice

Take some time to study the nature of archetypes—particularly the archetype of the Apocalypse. You may find this time rich with insight into your own life right now.

Teaching
10
-
10

Being the Author of Your Life

This Omega Self is your personal connection with the One; it is your own divine nature
As you practice this your identity will gradually shift from the personal self to Omega Self

Contemplative Practice

Take time each day to contemplate and practice this teaching. It is very transformative when applied regularly over time.

Being the Author of Your Life is a spiritual practice that can deepen your awareness of your own true nature. To understand this practice, it is helpful to be familiar with a concept known as the Omega Point. It was first hypothesized by Teilhard de Chardin (1881-1955) who was a French priest, philosopher and renowned paleontologist. Teilhard developed a theory that recognized the evolution of consciousness as well as the evolution of physical forms. He hypothesizes that all things have an interior and exterior dimension, and that as life evolves into greater complexity of form (exterior) it also evolves in the quality of consciousness (interior). Consciousness is evolving toward a time when humanity (and eventually all creatures) will unite with the divine. He referenced this hypothetical point in time as the Omega Point. Evolution is not pushed by the past but is being pulled by the future –  toward Omega.

The practice of Being the Author of Your Life uses Teilhard’s theory in a very personal way. It sees this model of evolution as a blueprint for our individual lives as we each evolve toward Omega.

This practice also sees life as a grand drama in which we are each playing an individual role. In Shakespeare’s play, As You Like It, the character Jacques begins a rather long monologue by stating that “All the world is a stage and all men and women in are merely players.” This sets the stage (pun not intended) for our individual practice.

Being the Author of Your Life is living your life as if you were the lead character in a play authored by your Omega Self. This Omega Self is your personal connection with the One; it is your own divine nature. With this practice you live as if you are both the author and the lead character in a drama called your life. (Most often we are identified with the character in the drama and forget that we have written the script!)

This practice does not address “what is really true” in the ontological or metaphysical sense. It simply accepts this hypothesis (for a time) as the basis for your spiritual practice.

While doing this practice you must suspend all blame, guilt, and any belief in the reality of injustice. You just live your life as you normally would – only you see it as a drama, and yourself as a character. Your job is to play your role as impeccably as you can – while also holding the awareness that you (Omega-Self) wrote the script.

As you continue this practice in your everyday life your identity will gradually shift from the personal self to the Omega Self. This will occur because you and Omega are not separate, you are the same. (They do appear different from a limited perspective of being totally identified with his or her role as human.)

As you engage in the practice you will begin to see ways in which you are attached to the personal self, as well as the ways in which you resist the natural unfolding of your life story. Your work is to simply recognize this and observe it without judgment. You don’t need to change a thing as far as how you live your life. Just do, think, and feel as you naturally would – but see it through this new lens.

You can act as if everything matters, and you can live your life to the fullest. Author Carlos Castaneda’s teacher, Don Juan, tried to teach him a similar practice, which he referred to as controlled folly. Don Juan speaks of one who lives this practice as a “man of knowledge.” He describes this person’s actions: “A man of knowledge chooses any act and acts it out as if it matters to him. His controlled folly makes him say that what he does matters and makes him act as if it did, and yet he knows that it doesn’t; so, when he fulfills his acts, he retreats in peace….”

Notice when you feel a sense of freedom or empowerment resulting from this practice. As you gradually shift identity from ego to Omega-self you will begin to experience a sense of peace, freedom and power that is unlike anything accessible to the personal self. You then experience Omega as a timeless reality that lives at the core of your being. Your life will never be the same.

Contemplative Practice

Questions

  1. Why is the question, “Who am I?” especially important as we participate in conscious evolution?
  2. What is “conscious evolution”? What is the” evolutionary impulse”?
  3. What is the practice of “Being the Author of Your Life”? How is this relevant to conscious evolution?
  4. Why is desire a crucial factor in the evolution of consciousness?
  5. Describe some primary differences between Jean Gebser’s Mental and Integral structures of consciousness.
  6. Why can’t rational thought take us to the next level of evolution?
  7. Explain the Buddhist terms, “Right understanding’ and “Right motivation”? How are these principles relevant to evolution of consciousness?
  8. Describe the two primary forces that are at work in the human psyche today. Why is this important for us to know?
  9. What is the archetype of the Apocalypse? How is this relevant today?
  10. What does it mean to say, “To evolve beyond the egoic stage of evolution we must see how we became involved in it?”
©2024 by Robert Brumet. All rights reserved.